Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Flagstar Bancorp

Flagstar Bancorp

fbc · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fbc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Flagstar Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////Annual Report   Two Thousand Seventeen5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, MI 48098  (800) 945-7700 flagstar.com 9681_Cover.indd   13/22/18   5:45 PM/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

9681_Cover.indd   2

3/20/18   11:26 PM

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

Flagstar turned in another successful year in 2017 as all three of our business 
lines—community  banking,  mortgage,  and  mortgage  servicing—strengthened 
during the year. Community banking took center stage with a strong showing 
in every quarter. Mortgage lending thrived in a challenging year for originations, 
and our servicing business flourished.

$2.1

Billion in Market 
Capitalization

3rd

Largest Savings  
Bank Nationwide 

$16.9

Billion  
in Assets

5th

Largest Bank Mortgage 
Originator Nationwide 

We were very pleased with our net income for the year. Net income, which was $63 million for GAAP purposes, totaled 
an adjusted $143 million before a one-time charge we took due to the Tax Reform and New Jobs Act (“Tax Reform”).  
While Tax Reform reduced the value of our deferred assets by $80 million, we expect to recoup this charge relatively 
quickly and benefit greatly from the lower tax rate over the long term.

During  2017,  community  banking  was  a  standout,  adding  $1  billion  of  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  and 
industrial loans to the balance sheet. This contributed to an increase in net interest income of $67 million, or 21 percent, 
over 2016. These relationship-based loans produce earnings that smooth out the volatility of our mortgage revenue and 
advance our transition to a strong community bank. 

Our mortgage servicing business—and especially our subservicing business—continued to gain scale, and we closed 2017 
with a servicing portfolio of 442,000 accounts. We believe we now have reached a critical mass in the business, thanks to 
our unique offering that has helped us attract meaningful opportunities for subservicing non-Flagstar originated loans. 

We kept capital strong and credit quality pristine, ending the year with an allowance coverage well above the level of any 
mid-size banking peer. We believe no one is better positioned on loan quality than Flagstar should the economy worsen.

In 2017, we executed on strategies both to solidify our leadership position in the mortgage business and acquire low-cost 
deposits to fund loan growth. Early in the year, we added the delegated correspondent team of Stearns Lending to boost 
our capabilities in this specialized third-party origination channel. The performance of this team and this business has 
been outstanding.

We followed Stearns quickly with the acquisition of Opes Advisors, a retail home lender headquartered in California, 
which is Flagstar’s largest state for mortgage originations. 

Next we announced our agreement to acquire eight branches of Desert Community Bank in San Bernardino County, 
California. These branches will provide approximately $600 million of attractive, well-priced deposits to fund loan growth 
and expand our banking footprint to California.

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

9681_Insert.indd   1

3/20/18   11:24 PM

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

Finally,  early  in  2018,  we  announced  a  definitive  agreement  to  purchase  a  mortgage  warehouse  loan  portfolio  from 
Santander Bank. We expect that this acquisition will strengthen and diversify our mortgage warehouse business. 

With  these  acquisitions  and  the  addition  of  successful  lending  teams,  we  have  transformed  Flagstar  from  a  mostly 
wholesale mortgage lender originating conventional loans for mostly smaller third-party lenders to a strong national 
lender that has depth and strength across multiple channels and multiple products. This helps protect our mortgage 
revenue and thus, the durability of our earnings.

During 2017, we went directly to the capital markets to securitize our own pool of jumbo prime mortgage loans and high-
balance conforming loans, making us only the third bank since the housing crisis to execute such a transaction. This was 
a cost-effective way of accessing the market, and it gives us a nice competitive advantage. 

To  build  awareness  of  Flagstar’s  name  and  brand,  we  entered  into  a  multi-year  partnership  as  the  Detroit  Pistons’  
first-ever jersey partner and official banking and mortgage sponsor. We’re excited about this partnership and all the 
opportunities to expose the Flagstar brand and messaging in local as well as national markets.

Here are some other highlights of the year: 

•  We became a bigger bank, ending 2017 with assets of $16.9 billion versus $14.1 billion at the close of 2016. 

•  Our stock showed the highest percentage increase in shareholder value—39 percent—among all mid-size banks in 

2017, according to SNL.

•  We made impressive progress in our diversity and inclusion initiative, not just in making a public commitment and 
establishing  pillars,  measurements,  and  employee  resource  groups,  but  also  in  practice  on  our  own  board  and 
executive team. 

•  We won three Best Places to Work awards, a Diversity & Inclusion award from the Mortgage Bankers Association, 

and a Fannie Mae STAR Performer award for Servicing for the second year running. 

We expect the benefits of a lower tax rate and proposed capital simplification regulations to accelerate capital formation 
and balance sheet growth, helping to position us to prudently grow Flagstar and deliver higher value to our shareholders.

My deep and abiding appreciation to the entire Flagstar team for their extraordinary efforts to craft solutions for our 
customers in 2017. The success of the year is their handiwork.

A  very  special  thank-you  to  our  board  of  directors  for  their  continued  diligence  and  hard  work  on  Flagstar’s  behalf,  
and my profound thanks to you, our shareholders, for your support and your confidence in our business plan.

Alessandro DiNello 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR
THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-16577

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Michigan
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan
(Address of principal executive offices)

38-3150651
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

48098-2639
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (248) 312-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes        No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act.    Yes        No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller 
reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. (Check one):

    No  

    No  

Large Accelerated Filer 
Non-Accelerated Filer  

Accelerated Filer  
Emerging growth company

Smaller Reporting Company  

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes        No  
The estimated aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the 
closing sale price ($30.82 per share) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017, was approximately $665 million. 
The registrant does not have any non-voting common equity shares.

.  

As of March 8, 2018, 57,363,798 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were issued and outstanding.

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into 
Part III of this Report on Form 10-K.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
ITEM 1.

ITEM 1A.

ITEM 1B.

ITEM 2.

ITEM 3.

ITEM 4.

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.

ITEM 7.

ITEM 7A.

ITEM 8.

ITEM 9.

ITEM 9A.

ITEM 9B.

ITEM 10.

ITEM 11.

ITEM 12.

ITEM 13.

BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART I

PART II

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION

PART III

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 15.

ITEM 16.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

PART IV

5

10

18

18

18

18

19

21

23

63

64

123

123

124

125

125

125

125

125

126

128

2

GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

The following list of abbreviations and acronyms are provided as a tool for the reader and may be used throughout this Report, including the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes:

Term

AFS

Agencies

ALLL

AOCI

ASU

Definition

Available for Sale

Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation, and Government National Mortgage
Association, Collectively

Term

Definition

Home Equity

Second Mortgages, HELOANs, HELOCs

HOLA

Home Owners Loan Act

Allowance for Loan & Lease Losses

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accounting Standards Update

HPI

H.R.1.

HTM

Housing Price Index

House of Representatives 1 - Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

Held-to-Maturity

Basel III

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Third Basel Accord

LIBOR

London Interbank Offered Rate

BSA

C&I

CAMELS

Bank Secrecy Act

Commercial and Industrial

Capital, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and
Sensitivity

LHFI

LHFS

LTV

Loans Held-for-Investment

Loans Held-for-Sale

Loan-to-Value

CD

Certificates of Deposit

Management

Flagstar Bancorp’s Management

CDARS

Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service

Common Equity Tier 1

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

Combined Loan to Value

Common Shares

Commercial Real Estate

Depositors Insurance Fund

United States Department of Justice

Deferred Tax Asset

Economic Value of Equity

Executive Long-Term Incentive Program

Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit
Transactions Act

Federal National Mortgage Association

Financial Accounting Standards Board

Flagstar Bancorp

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

MBIA

MBS

MD&A

MBIA Insurance Corporation

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Management's Discussion and Analysis

MP Thrift

MP Thrift Investments, L.P.

MSR

N/A

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Not Applicable

NASDAQ

National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations

NBV

NYSE

OCC

OCI

Net Book Value

New York Stock Exchange

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

OFHEO

Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight

OTS

OTTI

QTL

Regulatory
Agencies

Office of Thrift Supervision

Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment

Qualified Thrift Lending

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, U.S. Department of the Treasury,
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, Securities and Exchange Commission

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

RESPA

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act

CET1

CFPB

CLTV

Common
Stock

CRE

DIF

DOJ

DTA

EVE

ExLTIP

FACT Act

Fannie Mae/
FNMA

FASB

FBC

FDIC

Federal
Reserve

FHA

FHLB

FICO

FRB

Freddie Mac/
FHLMC

FTE

GAAP

Ginnie Mae/
GNMA

Federal Housing Administration

Federal Home Loan Bank

Fair Isaac Corporation

Federal Reserve Bank

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

Full Time Equivalent

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

Government National Mortgage Association

GLBA

Gramm-Leach Bliley Act

HELOAN

Home Equity Loans

HELOC

Home Equity Lines of Credit

HFI

Held for Investment

RMBS

RWA

SEC

SFR

TARP

TDR

TILA

UPB

U.S.
Treasury

VIE

XBRL

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

Risk Weighted Assets

Securities and Exchange Commission

Single Family Residence

Troubled Asset Relief Program

Trouble Debt Restructuring

Truth in Lending Act

Unpaid Principal Balance

United States Department of Treasury

Variable Interest Entities

eXtensible Business Reporting Language

3

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this Form 10-K, including but not limited to statements included within the Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, are "forward-looking statements" within the 
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. In addition, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. may make 
forward-looking statements in our other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC, and our management may make 
forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others.

Generally, forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent management’s beliefs 

regarding future events. Such statements may be identified by words such as believe, expect, anticipate, intend, plan, estimate, 
may increase, may fluctuate, and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as will, should, would, and could. Such 
statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and changes in 
circumstances. Actual results and capital and other financial conditions may differ materially from those included in these 
statements due to a variety of factors, including without limitation the precautionary statements included within each individual 
business’ discussion and analysis of our results of operations and the risk factors listed and described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk 
Factors.

Other than as required under United States securities laws, Flagstar Bancorp does not undertake to update the forward-

looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that may arise after the date of the forward-looking 
statements.

4

 
 
 
ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

PART I

Where we say "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Bancorp" or "Flagstar," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 

However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," or "our," the "Company," or "Flagstar," will include our wholly-owned 
subsidiary Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"). See the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms on page 3 for definitions used 
throughout this Form 10-K. 

Introduction

We are a leading savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our 

principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. Based on our assets at December 31, 
2017, we are one of the largest banks headquartered in Michigan, providing commercial, small business, and consumer banking 
services, and the 5th largest bank mortgage originator in the nation. At December 31, 2017, we had 3,525 full-time equivalent 
employees inclusive of account executives and loan officers. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol 
"FBC." As of December 31, 2017, we are considered a controlled company for NYSE purposes, because approximately 62.1 
percent of our common stock is owned by MP Thrift Investments, L.P., which is managed by MatlinPatterson, a global asset 
manager.

We have a unique, relationship-based business model which leverages our full-service bank’s capabilities with our 

national mortgage customer base to create and build enduring commercial relationships. Our banking network emphasizes the 
delivery of a complete set of banking and mortgage products and services. We distinguish ourselves by crafting specialized 
solutions for our customers, local delivery, high quality customer service and competitive product pricing. Our community bank 
growth model has focused on attracting seasoned bankers with larger bank lending experience who can attract their existing 
long-term customer relationships to Flagstar. At December 31, 2017, we operated 99 full service banking branches throughout 
Michigan's major markets where we offer a full set of banking products to consumer, commercial, and government customers. 

We originate mortgages through a wholesale network of correspondents and brokers in all 50 states, as well as through 

our own loan officers from 89 retail locations in 29 states, representing the combined retail branches of Flagstar Bank, our 
direct-to-consumer lending team and the Opes Advisors mortgage division. The Bank has the opportunity to expand 
correspondent relationships by providing warehouse lending, mortgage servicing and other services. Servicing and subservicing 
of loans provides fee income and generates a stable long-term source of funding through company controlled deposits.

We believe our transformation into a strong commercial bank, our flexible mortgage servicing platform, and focus on 

service creates a significant competitive advantage in the markets in which we compete. The management team we have 
assembled is focused on developing substantial and attractive growth opportunities that generate profitable results from 
operations. We believe our lower risk profile and strong capital level position us to take advantage of opportunities to deliver 
attractive shareholder returns over the long term.

Operating Segments

Our operations are conducted through our three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations and 

Mortgage Servicing. Additionally, our Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. For further information, see 
MD&A - Operating Segments and Note 23 - Segment Information.

Competition

We face substantial competition in attracting deposits and making loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has 

historically come from other savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions in our local market areas. Money market funds 
and full-service securities brokerage firms also compete with us for these funds and, in recent years, many financial institutions 
have competed for deposits through the Internet. We compete for deposits by offering competitive interest rates and a broad 
range of high quality customized banking services at a large number of convenient locations. From a lending perspective, there 
are many institutions including commercial banks, national mortgage lenders, local savings banks, credit unions, and 
commercial lenders offering mortgage loans, consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse loans. With respect to those 
products that we offer, we compete by offering competitive interest rates, fees, and other loan terms through efficient and 
customized service.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2017, our corporate structure consisted of the Bank subsidiary and its wholly-owned subsidiaries 

along with our wholly-owned non-bank subsidiaries through which we conduct other non-material business or which are 
inactive. The Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries comprised 99.7 percent of our total assets at December 31, 2017. For 
further information, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting 
Standards, Note 7 - Variable Interest Entities and Note 24 - Holding Company Only Financial Statements.

Regulation and Supervision

We are subject to regulation under state and federal laws. Regulatory reform and enhanced supervisory requirements 
have had and could continue to have an impact on how we conduct business. As a result, we continually assess the impact of 
regulatory changes and implement policies, processes and controls required to comply with new regulations.

As a result of scrutiny and regulation of the banking industry and consumer practices, we may face a greater number or 

wider scope of examinations, investigations, enforcement actions and litigation, thereby increasing our costs associated with 
responding to or defending such actions, as well as potentially resulting in costs associated with fines, penalties, settlements or 
judgments. Additional legislative or regulatory developments affecting our businesses, and any required changes resulting from 
these developments, could reduce our revenue, limit the products or services that we offer or increase the costs thereof, impose 
additional compliance costs, harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. Some of these laws may provide 
a private right of action allowing a consumer or class of consumers to seek to enforce these laws and regulations.

Both the OCC and the FDIC may take regulatory enforcement actions against any of their regulated institutions that do 

not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any 
banking institution, or any "institution-affiliated party," such as a director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person, who 
engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The OCC has authority under 
various circumstances to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured institution that it regulates, to issue cease and desist 
orders, to obtain injunctions restraining or prohibiting unsafe or unsound practices, to revalue assets and to require the 
establishment of reserves. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon 
a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is 
operating in an unsafe or unsound condition or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of, or condition 
imposed by, the FDIC. In addition, the Federal Reserve and the CFPB may have the authority to take regulatory enforcement 
actions against us or the Bank.

Compliance obligations have exposed us, and will continue to expose us, to additional compliance risks and could 

divert management’s focus from our business operations. Furthermore, the combined effect of numerous rulemakings by 
multiple governmental agencies and regulators, and the potential conflicts or inconsistencies among such rules, present 
challenges and risks to our business and operations. Changes in applicable laws or regulations, and in their interpretation and 
application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted and may have a material effect on our business and results. 

Consent Orders and Supervisory Agreements

Supervisory Agreement. On January 28, 2010, we became subject to a supervisory agreement with the Federal Reserve 

("the Supervisory Agreement"), which will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal 
Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement action by 
the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement 
actions against us. We have taken actions which we believe are appropriate to comply with, and intend to maintain compliance 
with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement. For further information and a complete description of all of the 
terms of the Supervisory Agreement, please refer to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC as an exhibit to 
our 2016 Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Consent Order with CFPB. On September 29, 2014, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB ("the 

Consent Order") which will remain in effect for five years unless extended by the CFPB. The Consent Order relates to alleged 
violations of federal consumer financial laws arising from the Bank’s residential first mortgage loan loss mitigation practices 
and default servicing operations dating back to 2011. Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank paid $28 million for 
borrower remediation and $10 million in civil money penalties. The settlement did not include an admission of wrongdoing on 
the part of the Bank or its employees, directors, officers, or agents. For further information and a complete description of all of 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the terms of the Consent Order, please refer to the copy of the Consent Order filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company is a savings and loan holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve and the SEC.

Acquisition, Activities and Change in Control. We are a unitary savings and loan holding company, as defined by 

federal banking law, as is our controlling stockholder, MP Thrift. We may only conduct, or acquire control of companies 
engaged in, activities permissible for a savings and loan holding company pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Home 
Owners' Loan Act and relevant regulations. Without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve, neither we, nor MP Thrift 
may: (i) acquire control of another savings association or holding company thereof, or acquire all or substantially all of the 
assets thereof; or (ii) acquire or retain, with certain exceptions, more than 5 percent of the voting shares of a non-subsidiary 
savings association or a non-subsidiary savings and loan holding company. We are prohibited from acquiring control of a 
depository institution that is not federally insured or retaining control of a savings association subsidiary for more than one year 
after the date that such subsidiary becomes uninsured. Similarly, we may not be acquired by a bank holding company, a savings 
and loan holding company, or any company, unless the Federal Reserve approves such transaction. In addition, the GLBA 
generally restricts a company from acquiring us if that company is engaged directly or indirectly in activities that are not 
permissible for a savings and loan holding company or financial holding company.

Limitation on Capital Distributions. Under the Supervisory Agreement, we may not declare or pay any cash dividends 
or other capital distributions or purchase, repurchase, or redeem, or commit to purchase, repurchase, or redeem any equity stock 
without the prior written non-objection of the Federal Reserve. The Company does not currently pay dividends, or repurchase 
or redeem its equity.

Volcker Rule. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks 
and affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and/or sponsoring certain "covered funds," including hedge 
funds and private equity funds. The statutory provision is commonly referred to as the "Volcker Rule." Pursuant to the 
requirements of the Volcker Rule, we have established a standard compliance program based on the size and complexity of our 
operations.

Basel III Capital Requirements. The Bank and Flagstar are currently subject to the regulatory capital framework and 
guidelines reached by Basel III as adopted by the OCC and Federal Reserve. The OCC and Federal Reserve have risk-based 
capital adequacy guidelines intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, 
including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit, and recourse 
arrangements. 

The Bank and Flagstar have been subject to the capital requirements of the Basel III rules since January 1, 2015. On 

October 27, 2017, the agencies published a proposed rule to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules, which includes 
proposed simplifications to the capital treatment for items covered by this final rule. The agencies expect that the capital 
treatment and transition provisions for items covered by Basel III rules will change once the simplification proposal is finalized 
and effective. On November 21, 2017, in preparation for forthcoming rules that would simplify regulatory capital requirements 
to reduce regulatory burden, federal banking regulators approved the extension of the existing transitional capital treatment for 
certain regulatory capital deductions and risk weights. For additional information, see Note 20 - Regulatory Capital.

Stress Testing Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act issued by U.S. federal banking agencies, including the OCC and the 

Federal Reserve, require banking organizations, including savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, with 
total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion to conduct annual company-run stress tests, report the 
results to their primary federal regulator and the Federal Reserve and publish a summary of the results. Each Dodd-Frank Act 
Stress Test ("DFAST") must be conducted using certain scenarios (baseline, adverse and severely adverse), which the OCC and 
Federal Reserve will publish each year. Banking organizations are required to use the scenarios to calculate, for each quarter-
end within a nine-quarter planning horizon, the impact of such scenarios on revenues, losses, loan loss reserves and regulatory 
capital levels and ratios, taking into account all relevant exposures and activities. The rules also require each banking 
organization to establish and maintain a system of controls, oversight and documentation, including policies and procedures, 
designed to ensure that the DFAST procedures used by the banking organization are effective in meeting the requirements of 
the rules.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the Federal Reserve’s "source of strength" doctrine and extended it 

to savings and loan holding companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the prudential regulatory agencies are required to 
promulgate joint rules requiring bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies to serve as a source of 
financial strength for any depository institution subsidiary by maintaining the ability to provide financial assistance to such 
insured depository institution in the event that it suffers financial distress.

Durbin Amendment. The Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act altered the competitive structure of the debit card 

payment processing industry and limited debit card interchange fees for banks with over $10 billion in assets. The final rule 
establishes standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers are reasonable and 
proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible 
interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction will be the sum of 21 cents per transaction plus 5 
basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. The impact of this amendment was a reduction in fee revenue of 
approximately $4 million the year ended December 31, 2017.

Collins Amendment. The Collins Amendment to Dodd-Frank established minimum Tier 1 leverage and risk-based 

capital requirements for insured depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial 
companies that are supervised by the Federal Reserve. The minimum Tier 1 leverage and risk-based capital requirements are 
determined by the minimum ratios established by the federal banking agencies that apply to insured depository institutions 
under the prompt corrective action regulations. The amendment states that certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred 
securities, may be included in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies that had total assets below $15 billion as of December 
31, 2009. As we were below $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, the trust preferred securities classified as long term 
debt on our balance sheet will be included as Tier 1 capital while they are outstanding, unless we complete an acquisition of a 
depository institution holding company. At our present size, with total assets of $16.9 billion at December 31, 2017, an 
acquisition with a depository holding company would cause our trust preferred securities totaling $247 million at December 31, 
2017 to no longer be included in Tier 1 capital.

Banking Regulation

We must comply with a wide variety of banking, consumer protection and securities laws, regulations and supervisory 

expectations and are regulated by multiple regulators, including the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the 
Currency of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation. 

FDIC Insurance and Assessment. The FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank and such insurance is backed by the full 
faith and credit of the U.S. government through the DIF. The FDIC maintains the DIF by assessing each financial institution an 
insurance premium. The FDIC defined deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution is equal to the 
average consolidated total assets during the assessment period, minus average tangible equity. All FDIC-insured financial 
institutions must pay an annual assessment based on asset size to provide funds for the payment of interest on bonds issued by 
the Financing Corporation ("FICO bonds"), a federal corporation chartered under the authority of the Federal Housing Finance 
Board. 

Affiliate Transaction Restrictions. The Bank is subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to 
member banks of the Federal Reserve as well as additional limitations imposed by the OCC. These provisions prohibit or limit 
the Bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with principal stockholders, directors and executive 
officers of the banking institution and certain of its affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed further restrictions on transactions 
with certain affiliates and extension of credit to executive officers, directors and principal stockholders.

Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OCC regulates all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or 

indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. As a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, the 
Bank must file a notice and receive approval from the OCC at least 30 days prior to each proposed capital distribution before 
declaring any dividends. Additionally, the Bank may not pay dividends to the Bancorp if, after paying those dividends, the Bank 
would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible 
capital ratio requirements. Payment of dividends by the Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the OCC if 
it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans to One Borrower. Under the Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA"), savings associations are generally subject to 

the national bank limits on loans to one borrower in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital plus any portion of the 
allowance for loan losses not included in Tier 2 capital, which was $251 million as of December 31, 2017. For further 
information, see MD&A - Risk Management.

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

The Bank is subject to a number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations. These include, among others, the 

Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit 
Reporting Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, 
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, electronic funds transfer laws, redlining laws, predatory lending laws, laws 
prohibiting unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with the offer, or sale of consumer financial products or 
services, and the GLBA regarding customer privacy and data security. 

The Bank is subject to supervision by the CFPB, which has responsibility for enforcing federal consumer protection 
laws. The CFPB has broad and unique rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act 
with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers, including prohibitions 
against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial 
product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service including regulations related to the origination and 
servicing of residential mortgages. The CFPB has finalized significant rules and guidance that impact nearly every aspect of the 
life cycle of a residential mortgage and continues to revise these rules and propose new rules. The Bank is subject to the 
CFPB’s supervisory, examination and enforcement authority with respect to consumer protection laws and regulations. As a 
result, we could incur increased costs, potential litigation or be materially limited or restricted in our business, product offerings 
or services in the future. 

As a result of bank regulator’s focus on consumer compliance, portions of our lending operations which most directly 

deal with consumers, including mortgage and consumer lending, may pose particular challenges. While we are not aware of any 
material compliance issues related to our mortgage and consumer lending practices, the focus of regulators may increase our 
compliance risks. Despite the supervision and oversight we exercise in these areas, failure to comply with these regulations 
could result in the Bank being liable for damages to individual borrowers or other imposed penalties.

Additionally, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit financial institutions from engaging 

in discriminatory lending practices. The Department of Justice, CFPB, and other agencies are responsible for enforcing these 
laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws 
in class action litigation. A successful challenge to the Bank's performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could 
adversely impact the Bank's rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions or penalties 
or limit certain revenue channels.

Incentive Compensation

The U.S. bank regulatory agencies issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to 

ensure that the incentive compensation policies of U.S. banks do not undermine safety and soundness by encouraging excessive 
risk-taking. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive 
compensation arrangements of U.S. banks that are not "large, complex banking organizations." These reviews are tailored to 
each bank based on the scope and complexity of the bank’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation 
arrangements. 

Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering

The Bank is subject to the BSA and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT 

Act. The BSA requires all financial institutions to, among other things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls 
reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The BSA includes various record keeping and 
reporting requirements such as cash transaction and suspicious activity reporting as well as due diligence requirements. The 
Bank is also required to comply with U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control imposed economic sanctions that affect 
transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, individuals, entities and others.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional Information

Our executive offices are located at 5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan 48098, and our telephone number is 

(248) 312-2000. Our stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol "FBC."

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act available free of charge 
on our website at www.flagstar.com, under "Investor Relations," as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
such material with the SEC. These reports are also available without charge on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are 

beyond our control. In addition to the factors identified elsewhere in this Report, we believe the most significant risk factors 
affecting our business include those set forth below. The below description of risk factors is not exhaustive, and readers should 
not consider the description of such risk factors to be a complete set of all potential risks that could affect us. 

Market, Interest Rate, Credit and Liquidity Risk

Economic and general market conditions may adversely affect our business.

Our business and results of operations are affected by economic and market conditions, political uncertainty and social 

conditions, factors impacting the level and volatility of short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, home prices, 
unemployment and under-employment levels, bankruptcies, household income, consumer spending, fluctuations in both debt 
and equity capital markets and currencies, liquidity of the financial markets, the availability and cost of capital and credit, 
investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets, and the sustainability of economic growth. Deterioration of any of 
these conditions could adversely affect our business segments, the level of credit risk we have assumed, our capital levels and 
liquidity, and our results of operations.

Domestic and international fiscal and monetary policy also affects our business. Central bank actions can affect the 

value of financial instruments and other assets, such as investment securities and MSRs, and their policies can affect our 
borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in fiscal and monetary policies are 
beyond our control and difficult to predict but could have an adverse impact on our capital requirements and the costs of 
running our business.

Deterioration in the mortgage market may also reduce the number of new mortgages that we originate, increase the 

costs of servicing mortgages without a corresponding increase in servicing fees or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage 
loans originated by us. Any such event could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our mortgage origination business is subject to the cyclical and seasonal trends of the real estate market. Cyclicality in 

our industry could lead to periods of strong growth in the mortgage and real estate markets followed by periods of sharp 
declines and losses in such markets. Seasonal trends have historically reflected the general patterns of residential and 
commercial real estate sales, which typically peak in the spring and summer seasons. One of the primary influences on our 
mortgage business is the aggregate demand for mortgage loans in our market areas, which is affected by prevailing interest rates 
and the economic condition of those areas. If we are unable to respond to the cyclicality of our industry by appropriately 
adjusting our operations or relying on the strength of our other product offerings during cyclical downturns, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations including our net interest 
margin, mortgage origination volume and mortgage related assets, and our investment portfolio.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Our 

financial results depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn 
on interest-earning assets and the interest expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. While we have modeled rising interest 
rate scenarios and such scenarios result in an increase in our net interest income, our deposits and interest-bearing liabilities 
may reprice more quickly than modeled, resulting in a decrease in our net interest income. We seek to manage our balance sheet 
to be interest rate neutral. In response to changes in the interest rate environment, we make adjustments to match the duration of 
our assets with the duration of our liabilities. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2017, approximately 49 percent of our revenue was derived from the origination of residential mortgages and 

changes in interest rates may affect origination volume as the residential real estate mortgage lending business is sensitive to 
interest rates. Lower interest rates generally increase the volume of mortgage originations while higher interest rates generally 
cause that volume to decrease. Historically, mortgage origination volume and sales for the Bank and for other financial 
institutions have risen and fallen in response to these and other factors. An increase in interest rates would change these 
conditions and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. During 2017, average 10 year U.S. Treasury rates, 
on which we base our pricing of our 30 year mortgages, were 2.33 percent, 49 basis points higher than average rates 
experienced throughout 2016. The sustained higher rates experienced throughout 2017 negatively impacted the mortgage 
market including loan origination volume and refinancing activity. 

Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of our mortgage loans and mortgage related securities and, to a 

lesser extent, our commercial loans. Decreases in interest rates can trigger an increase in unscheduled prepayments of our 
loans and mortgage-related securities as borrowers refinance to reduce their own borrowing costs. Conversely, increases in 
interest rates may decrease loan refinance activity. 

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our LHFS, LHFI and investment securities. Generally, the value 

of our investment securities, which are predominantly fixed-rate, fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates and 
decreases in the fair value have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity or our earnings.

Additionally, the fair value of our MSRs is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and changes in market implied 
interest rate volatility. Decreases in interest rates can trigger an increase in actual repayments and market expectation for higher 
levels of repayments in the future which have a negative impact on MSR fair value. We utilize derivatives and other fair value 
assets to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs. Our risk management strategies, which rely on 
assumptions or projections, may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates, interest rate volatility or 
prepayment speeds, and as a result, the change in the fair value of MSRs may negatively impact earnings.

We may be unable to effectively manage our MSR concentration risk which could impact our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio 
(CET1) under Basel III.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $291 million in MSRs and a MSR to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of 24 

percent. We produced, on average, approximately $73 million new MSRs per quarter in 2017. We manage our MSR 
concentration through sales of these assets and in 2017, we sold $361 million in MSRs. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, 
we had pending MSR sales of $98 million which closed during the first quarter of 2018. While our established plan to manage 
our MSR concentration incorporates our production volumes and required sales, no assurance can be given that we will be able 
to do so, or that we will be successful in selling these assets at their current fair value. 

We are subject to rules relating to capital standards requirements, including requirements contemplated by the Dodd-
Frank Act as well as certain standards initially adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, which standards are 
commonly referred to as Basel III. Basel III established a qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including limitations on the 
amount of DTAs and MSRs that may be held without triggering higher capital requirements. Basel III limits the amount of 
MSRs and DTAs to 10 percent of CET1, individually, and 15 percent of CET1, in the aggregate.  

On October 27, 2017, the agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPR”) which would simplify certain 

aspects of the Basel III capital rules. The agencies expect that the capital treatment and transition provisions for items covered 
by this final rule will change once the simplification proposal is finalized and effective. Specifically, the proposal would 
increase the limit on MSRs to 25 percent of CET1 and eliminate the aggregate 15 percent CET1 deduction threshold for MSRs 
and temporary difference DTAs. In response to comments received from bankers and trade associations, the regulators may 
change these proposed rules prior to issuing them in their final form.

In preparation for the NPR, the Basel III implementation phase-in has been halted for the treatment of MSRs and 

certain DTAs. The agencies issued a final rule that will maintain the capital rules’ 2017 transition provisions for several 
regulatory capital deductions and certain other requirements that are subject to multi-year phase-in schedules in the regulatory 
capital rules. Specifically, the final rule will maintain the capital rules’ 2017 transition provisions at 80 percent for the 
regulatory capital treatment of the following items: (i) MSRs, (ii) DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be 
realized through net operating loss carrybacks, (iii) investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, and (iv) 
minority interests. As of December 31, 2017, we had $291 million on MSRs, $57 million in DTAs arising from temporary 
differences and no investments in unconsolidated financial institutions or minority interest. This final rule will maintain the 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2017 transition provisions for certain items for non-advanced approach banks. For further information, see Note 20 - 
Regulatory Capital.

As of December 31, 2017, our ALLL was $140 million, covering 1.8 percent of total loans held-for-investment. Our estimate 
of the inherent losses is imperfect and based on management judgment.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses, which reflects our estimate of such losses inherent in the loan portfolio at 
December 31, 2017, may not be adequate to cover actual credit losses. If this allowance is insufficient, future provisions for 
credit losses could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We attempt to limit the risk that borrowers 
will fail to repay loans by carefully underwriting our loans, but losses nevertheless occur in the ordinary course of business 
operations. Our ALLL is based on historical experience as well as our evaluation of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio at 
December 31, 2017. The determination of an appropriate level of loan loss allowance is a subjective process that requires 
significant management judgment, including estimates of loss and the loss emergence period, estimates and judgments about 
the collectability of our loan portfolio including but not limited to the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of real 
estate or other collateral backing the repayment of loans. New information regarding existing loans, identification of additional 
problem loans, failure of borrowers and guarantors to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans, and other factors, 
both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the ALLL. Moreover, our regulators, as part of their 
supervisory function, periodically review our ALLL. Our regulators, who may have access to broader industry data than we do, 
may recommend or require us to increase the amount of our ALLL, based on their judgment, which may be different from that 
of our management. Any increase in our loan losses would have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.

Concentration of loans held-for-investment in certain geographic locations and portfolios may increase risk.

Our residential mortgage loan portfolio is geographically concentrated in certain states, including California, 
Michigan, and Florida, which comprise approximately 58 percent in the aggregate of the portfolio. In addition, our commercial 
loan portfolio has a concentration of Michigan lending relationships. Approximately 48 percent of our CRE loans are 
collateralized by properties in Michigan and 29 percent of our C&I borrowers are located in Michigan. These concentrations 
have made, and will continue to make, our loan portfolio particularly susceptible to downturns in the local economies and the 
real estate and mortgage markets in these areas. Adverse conditions that are beyond our control may affect these areas, 
including unemployment, inflation, recession, natural disasters, declining property values, municipal bankruptcies and other 
factors which could increase default rates in our loan portfolio, reduce our ability to generate new loans and negatively affect 
our financial results.

In 2017, we continued to grow our commercial portfolio to $4.3 billion at December 31, 2017. CRE and C&I loans 

grew to $3.1 billion and comprised 41 percent of our total LHFI portfolio at December 31, 2017. As a part of that growth, our 
home builder finance program reached $601 million at December 31, 2017. The home builder lending portfolio contains 
secured and unsecured loans and our lending platform originates loans throughout the U.S. with main offices in Houston and 
Denver. 

Commercial loans, including home builder loans, generally expose us to a greater risk of nonpayment and loss than 

residential real estate loans due to the more complex nature of underwriting. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances 
to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2017, our largest 
CRE and C&I borrowers had loans of $81 million UPB and $68 million UPB, respectively and our average commercial loan 
balance was $1.4 million. Secured loans, including residential and commercial real estate, may experience changes in the 
underlying collateral value due to adverse market conditions which could result in increased charge-offs in the event of a loan 
default. 

At December 31, 2017, our committed amount of adjustable-rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage 
lenders was $2.8 billion, of which $1.1 billion was outstanding. There may be risks associated with the mortgage lenders that 
borrow from the Bank, including credit risk, inadequate underwriting, and potential external fraud. A default from one of our 
borrowers could result in a large loss. Additionally, adverse changes to industry competition, mortgage demand and the interest 
rate environment may have a negative impact on warehouse lending. Fluctuations in outstanding warehouse lines of credit, 
which are contingent on residential mortgage production, can impact the Bank’s liquidity and earnings. Failure to mitigate these 
risks could negatively impact our financial results.

12

 
Liquidity risk may affect our ability to meet obligations and impact our ability to grow our business. 

We require substantial liquidity to repay our customers' deposits, fulfill loan demands, meet debt obligations as they 
come due, and fund our operations under both normal operating environments and unforeseen circumstances causing liquidity 
stress. Our access to liquidity could be impaired by our inability to access the capital markets or unforeseen outflows of 
deposits. Our access to external sources of financing, including deposits, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent on 
various factors. A number of factors could make funding more difficult, more expensive or unavailable on any terms. These 
factors include, declining financial results and losses, material changes to operating margins, financial leverage on an absolute 
basis or relative to peers, changes within the organization, specific events that impact our financial condition or reputation, 
disruptions in the capital markets, specific events that adversely impact the financial services industry, counterparty availability, 
the corporate and regulatory structure, balance sheet and capital structure, geographic and business diversification, interest rate 
fluctuations, market share and competitive position, general economic conditions and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax 
environments governing funding transactions. Many of these factors are beyond our control. A material deterioration in any one 
or a combination of these factors could result in a downgrade of our credit or servicer standing with counterparties or a decline 
in our reputation within the marketplace, and could result in higher cash outflows requiring additional access to liquidity, 
having a limited ability to borrow funds, maintain or increase deposits (including custodial deposits for our agency servicing 
portfolio) or to raise capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our ability to meet loan demand, accommodate outflows in deposits, take advantage of market opportunity, and 

execute on our plans to grow the balance sheet depends largely on our ability to secure funds on acceptable terms. Our primary 
sources of funds to meet our financing needs include deposits, including custodial accounts from our servicing portfolio, loan 
sales, public funds, and capital-raising activities. Our company controlled deposits are considered stable sources of funding. If 
we are unable to maintain and grow certain of these financing arrangements, are restricted from accessing certain funding 
sources by our regulators, are unable to arrange for new financing on terms, or if we default on any of the covenants imposed 
upon us by our borrowing facilities, then we may have to limit our growth, reduce the number of loans we are able to originate 
or take actions that could have other negative effects on our operations. A prolonged significant reduction in loan originations 
that occurs as a result could adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.

We are a holding company and are, therefore, dependent on the Bank for funding of obligations.

As a holding company with no significant assets other than the capital stock of the Bank and the cash on hand, our 

ability to make payments for certain services we purchase from the Bank and to service our debt, including interest payments 
on our senior notes and trust preferred securities depends upon available cash on hand and the receipt of dividends from the 
Bank. The holding company had cash and cash equivalents of $196 million at December 31, 2017or approximately 3.8 years of 
expense, which includes compensation and benefits, legal and professional expense and general and administrative expenses. 
These expenses for the holding company totaled $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The declaration and 
payment of dividends by the Bank on all classes of its capital stock is subject to the discretion of the Bank's board of directors 
and to applicable regulatory and legal limitations. If the Bank does not make dividend payments to us, we may not be able to 
service our debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory Risk

The Holding Company remains subject to the restrictions and conditions of the Supervisory Agreement with the Federal 
Reserve. Failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in further enforcement action against us and limit 
our ability to execute on business plans.

The Supervisory Agreement requires that we take certain actions to address issues as specified in the agreement. The 

Supervisory Agreement is enforced by the Federal Reserve with respect to savings and loan holding companies. Under the 
terms of the agreement, we are required to submit a capital plan; receive written non-objection before declaring or paying any 
dividend or other capital distribution from the Holding Company, incurring or renewing any debt at the Holding Company and 
engaging in affiliate transactions (with limited exceptions); comply with applicable regulatory requirements before making 
certain severance and indemnification payments; and provide notice prior to changes in directors and certain executive officers 
or entering into, renewing, extending or revising compensation or benefits agreements of such directors or executive officers, 
with such changes being subject to Federal Reserve approval. While we believe that we have taken all action necessary to 
comply with the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement, failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement in the time 
frames provided, or at all, could result in additional enforcement orders or penalties, which could include further restrictions on 
us, assessment of civil money penalties on us, as well as our directors, officers and other affiliated parties and removal of one or 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
more officers and/or directors. Any failure by us to comply with the terms of the Supervisory Agreement or additional actions 
by the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, our 
competitors, particularly non-banks, may not be subject to similar actions, which could impact our ability to compete 
effectively. For further information, see Item 1. Business - Regulation and Supervision.

We are highly dependent on the Agencies to sell mortgage loans and any changes in these entities or their current roles 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold approximately 57 percent of our mortgage loans to Fannie Mae 

and Freddie Mac. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain in conservatorship and a path forward to emerge from conservatorship 
is unclear. These roles could be reduced, modified or eliminated and the nature of their guarantees could be limited or 
eliminated relative to historical measurements.

The elimination or modification of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could significantly and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, any discontinuation of, or significant 
reduction in, the operation of these agencies, any significant adverse change in the level of activity of these agencies in the 
primary or secondary mortgage markets could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Changes in the servicing, origination, or underwriting guidelines or criteria required by the Agencies could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to follow specific guidelines or criteria that impact the way that we originate, underwrite, or service. 
Agency loans, including guidelines with respect to credit standards for mortgage loans, our staffing levels and other servicing 
practices, the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge, our modification standards and procedures and the amount of 
non-reimbursable advances.

We cannot negotiate these terms with the Agencies and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in 

these guidelines which decreases the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage 
services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the 
insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The fees that we are required to pay to the 
Agencies for these guarantees have changed significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely 
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon having FDIC insurance to raise deposit funding at reasonable rates. Increases in deposit insurance 
premiums and special FDIC assessments will adversely affect our earnings.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to substantially revise its regulations for determining the amount of an 
institution's deposit insurance premiums. The FDIC has defined the deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository 
institution as average consolidated total assets during the assessment period, minus average tangible equity. Our assessment rate 
is determined by use of a scorecard that combines our CAMELS ratings with certain other financial information. The FDIC 
may determine that we present a higher risk to the DIF than other banks due to various factors. These factors include significant 
risks relating to interest rates, loan portfolio and geographic concentration, concentration of high credit risk loans, increased 
loan losses, regulatory compliance (including under existing Supervisory Agreement), existing and future litigation and other 
factors. As a result, we could be subject to higher deposit insurance premiums and special assessments in the future that could 
adversely affect our earnings. The Bank’s deposit insurance premiums and special assessments in the future also may be higher 
than competing banks may be required to pay. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our FDIC insurance 
expense premiums totaled $16 million, $11 million and $23 million, respectively.

14

 
Operational Risk

We may experience risks associated with the successful integration of mergers and acquisitions.

Related to the pending acquisition of eight Desert Community Bank branches, we may experience challenges related 

to the integration of their operations which may result in additional cost. This includes the transition of data, integration of 
product offerings and the standardization of business practices. Complications associated with this process could result in 
delays or an inability to close the transaction, additional cost, loss of customers, damage to our reputation or other operational 
risks.

A failure of our information technology systems, or those of our key third party vendors or service providers, could cause 
operational losses and damage our reputation.

Our businesses are increasingly dependent on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of complex 

transactions and data. If our internal information technology systems fail, we may be unable to conduct business for a period of 
time, which may impact our financial results if that interruption is sustained. In addition, our reputation with our customers or 
business partners may suffer, which could have a further, long-term impact on our financial results.

Because we conduct part of our business over the Internet and outsource a significant number of our critical functions 

to third parties, our operations depend on our third-party service providers to maintain and operate their own technology 
systems. To the extent these third parties’ systems fail, we may be unable to conduct business or provide certain services, and 
we may face financial and reputational losses as a result.

We collect, store and transfer our customers’ personally identifiable information. Any cybersecurity attack or other 
compromise to the security of that information could adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Cybersecurity related attacks are attempted on an ongoing basis which pose a risk of data breaches relative to the 

processing of consumer transactions that contain customers’ personally identifiable information. As a part of conducting 
business, we receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other user data either on our 
network or in the cloud.

Cybersecurity risks for banking institutions have increased significantly in recent years due to new technologies, the 

reliance on technology to conduct financial transactions and the increased sophistication of organized crime and hackers. A 
cybersecurity attack or information security breach could adversely impact our ability to conduct business due to the potential 
costs for remediation, protection and litigation and reputational damage with customers, business partners and investors.  

There are myriad federal, state, local and international laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, disclosure 
and protection of personally identifiable information and user data. We have policies and processes in place that are intended to 
meet the requirements of those laws, including security systems to prevent unauthorized access to that information. 
Nevertheless, those processes and systems may be inadequate. Also, to the extent we rely upon third parties to handle 
personally identifiable data on our behalf, we may be responsible if such data is compromised or subject to a cybersecurity 
attack while in the custody and control of those third parties.

Privacy laws are continually evolving and many state and local jurisdictions have laws that differ from federal law or 

privacy policies, further some of those policies or laws may conflict. If we fail to comply with applicable privacy policies or 
federal, state, local or international laws and regulations or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release 
of personally identifiable information or other user data, those events could damage the reputation of our business, and 
discourage potential users from utilizing our products and services. In addition, we may have to bear the cost of mitigating 
identity theft concerns, and may be subject to fines or legal proceedings by governmental agencies or consumers. Any of these 
events could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

15

 
 
 
 
 
We may be terminated as a servicer or subservicer or incur costs, liabilities, fines and other sanctions if we fail to satisfy our 
servicing obligations, including our obligations with respect to mortgage loan foreclosure actions.

We act as servicer or subservicer for mortgage loans owned by third parties, which is approximately 9 percent of our 

revenue and results in approximately $1.5 billion of our average company controlled deposits. In such capacities for those 
loans, we have certain contractual obligations, including foreclosing on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent applicable, 
considering alternatives to foreclosure. If we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer, we may be subject to 
termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period of time following notice, causing us to lose servicing income.

For certain investors and/or certain transactions, we may be contractually obligated to repurchase a mortgage loan or 

reimburse the investor for credit or other losses incurred on the loan as a remedy for servicing errors with respect to the loan. If 
we have increased repurchase obligations because of claims for which we did not satisfy our obligations, or increased loss 
severity on such repurchases, we may have a significant reduction to noninterest income or an increase to noninterest expense. 
We may incur significant costs if we are required to, or if we elect to, re-execute or re-file documents or take other action in our 
capacity as a servicer in connection with pending or completed foreclosures. We may incur litigation costs if the validity of a 
foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower. If a court were to overturn a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the 
foreclosure process, we may have liability to the borrower and/or to any title insurer of the property sold in foreclosure if the 
required process was not followed. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise reimbursable to us. 

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, pay fees or indemnify buyers against losses in some circumstances, 
which could harm liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

When mortgage loans are sold by us, we make customary representations and warranties to purchasers, guarantors and 
insurers, including the Agencies, about the mortgage loans, and the manner in which they were originated. We have made, and 
will continue to make, such representations and warranties in connection with the sale of loans. Whole loan sale agreements 
require us to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans, or indemnify buyers against losses, in the event we breach these 
representations or warranties. In addition, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of early payment default 
of the borrower or we may be required to pay fees. We also are subject to litigation relating to these representations and 
warranties and the costs of such litigation may be significant. With respect to loans that are originated through our broker or 
correspondent channels, the remedies we have available against the originating broker or correspondent, if any, may not be as 
broad as the remedies available to purchasers, guarantors and insurers of mortgage loans against us. We also face further risk 
that the originating broker or correspondent, if any, may not have the financial capacity to perform remedies that otherwise may 
be available. Therefore, if a purchaser, guarantor or insurer enforces its remedies against us, we may not be able to recover 
losses from the originating broker or correspondent. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase and such demands are valid 
claims, the liquidity, results of operations and financial condition may also be adversely affected.

Our representation and warranty reserve, which is based on an estimate of probable future losses, was $15 million at 

December 31, 2017. This may not be adequate to cover losses for loans that we have sold or securitized into the secondary 
market which we may be subsequently required to repurchase, pay fines or fees, or indemnify purchasers and insurers because 
of violations of customary representations and warranties. The repurchase demand pipeline was $3 million UPB at 
December 31, 2017. 

Our regulators, as part of their supervisory function, periodically review our representation and warranty reserve for 
losses. Our regulators may recommend or require us to increase our reserve, based on their judgment, which may differ from 
that of our management. Any increase in our loan losses could have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.

We utilize third party mortgage originators which subjects us to strategic, reputation, compliance and operational risk.

In 2017, approximately 90 percent of our residential first mortgage volume depended upon the use of third party 
mortgage originators, i.e. mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders, who are not our employees. These third parties originate 
mortgages and provide services to many different banks and other entities. Accordingly, they may have relationships with or 
loyalties to such banks and other parties that are different from those they have with or to us. Failure to maintain good relations 
with such third party mortgage originators could have a negative impact on our market share which would negatively impact 
our results of operations. 

16

 
We rely on third party mortgage originators to originate and document the mortgage loans we purchase or originate. 

While we perform due diligence on the mortgage companies with whom we do business and review the loan files and loan 
documents we purchase to attempt to detect any irregularities or legal noncompliance, we have less control over these 
originators than employees of the Bank.

Due to regulatory scrutiny, our third party mortgage originators could choose or be required to either reduce the scope 

of their business or exit the mortgage origination business altogether. The TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure Rule issued by 
the CFPB establishes comprehensive mortgage disclosure requirements for lenders and settlement agents in connection with 
most closed-end consumer credit transactions secured by real property. The rule requires certain disclosures to be provided to 
consumers in connection with applying for and closing on a mortgage loan. The rule also mandates the use of specific 
disclosure forms, timing of communicating information to borrowers and certain record keeping requirements. The ongoing 
administrative burden and the system requirements associated with complying with these rules or potential changes to these 
rules could impact our mortgage volume and an increase in costs. In addition, these arrangements with third party mortgage 
originators and the fees payable by us to such third parties could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and restrictions in the future.

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, prohibit discriminatory lending practices by lenders, 
including financial institutions. These regulations apply to lending operations which deal directly with consumer lending. 
Mortgage and consumer lending practices raise compliance risks resulting from the detailed and complex nature of mortgage 
and consumer lending laws regulations imposed by federal regulatory agencies, and the relatively independent and diverse 
operating channels in which loans are originated. As we originate loans through various channels, we, and our third party 
mortgage originators, are especially impacted by these laws and regulations and are required to implement appropriate policies 
and procedures to help ensure compliance with fair lending laws and regulations and to avoid lending practices that result in the 
disparate treatment of or disparate impact to borrowers across our various locations under multiple channels. Failure to comply 
with these laws and regulations, by us or our third party mortgage originators, could result in the Bank being liable for damages 
to individual borrowers or other imposed penalties.

General Risk Factors

MP Thrift, an entity managed and controlled by MatlinPatterson, owns 62.1 percent of our common stock and has 
significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, whether or not such 
decisions are in the best interests of other stockholders.

MP Thrift owns a substantial majority of our outstanding common stock and as a result, has control over our decisions 

to enter into any corporate transaction and also the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of our board of 
directors or the stockholders regardless of whether or not other members of our board of directors or stockholders believe that 
any such transactions are in their own best interests. So long as MP Thrift continues to hold a majority of our outstanding 
common stock, it will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors and other matters being voted on, and 
continue to exert significant influence over us. Furthermore, MP Thrift may have interests that could diverge from the interests 
of other stockholders, and may use its control to make decisions that adversely affect the interest of other common stockholders 
and other holders of our debt or other equity instruments.

We are subject to various legal or regulatory investigations and proceedings.

At any given time, we are involved with a number of legal and regulatory investigations and proceedings as a part of 
the routine reviews conducted by regulators and other parties which may involve consumer protection, employment, tort, and 
numerous other laws and regulations. Proceedings or actions brought against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, 
injunctions, business improvement orders, consent orders, supervisory agreements, restrictions on our business activities or 
other results adverse to us, which could materially and negatively affect our business. If such claims and other matters are not 
resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market 
perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Some of the 
laws and regulations to which we are subject may provide a private right of action that a consumer or class of consumers may 
pursue to enforce these laws and regulations. We have been, and may be in the future, subject to stockholder derivative actions, 
which could seek significant damages or other relief. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations. Claims asserted against us can be highly complicated and slow to develop, making the outcome of such proceedings 
difficult to predict or estimate early in the process. As a participant in the financial services industry, it is likely that we will be 
exposed to a high level of litigation and regulatory scrutiny and investigations relating to our business and operations. 

17

 
 
 
 
Although we establish accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by 

those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, we do not have 
accruals for all legal proceedings where we face a risk of loss. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and 
unpredictability of the outcome of legal and regulatory proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to us 
from the legal and regulatory proceedings in question. As a result, our ultimate losses may be significantly higher than the 
amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies. For further information, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and 
Commitments.

Our assessment of the accounting impact of tax reform is subject to further clarification and guidance yet to be issued.   

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and as of December 31, 2017, we calculated 

its accounting impact based on the new legislation as written. Upon completion of our 2017 U.S. income tax return in 2018, we 
may identify additional remeasurement adjustments to our recorded deferred tax assets as further clarification and guidance is 
issued. We will continue to assess our provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets with new guidance but do not 
currently anticipate that significant revisions or adjustments will be necessary. Any required revisions will be made within the 
measurement period, defined by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 as within one year of the enactment date. 

Loss of certain personnel, including key members of the Corporation's management team, could adversely affect the 
Corporation.

We are and will continue to be dependent upon our management team and other key personnel. Losing the services of 

one or more key members of our management team or other key personnel could adversely affect our operations.

In addition, we are subject to regulations that allow us to make severance payments only in limited circumstances. Our 

named executive officers may be entitled to certain severance and change in control benefits. Although we follow certain 
leading practices with respect to executive compensation including eliminating supplemental executive retirement plans 
(SERPs) or other nonqualified plans for executives and avoiding severance payments for "cause" terminations or voluntary 
resignations, we may be subject to certain legal or regulatory risks associated with previous employment agreements or 
retirement plans which could impact our liabilities related to these matters and results of operations.

Other Risk Factors

The above description of risk factors is not exhaustive. Other risk factors are described elsewhere herein as well as in 

other reports and documents that we file with or furnish to the SEC. Other factors that could also cause results to differ from 
our expectations may not be described herein or in any such report or document. Each of these factors could by itself, or 
together with one or more other factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Flagstar's headquarters is located in Troy, Michigan at 5151 Corporate Drive. We operate a regional office in Jackson, 

Michigan. We own both the headquarters and regional office buildings. At December 31, 2017, we operated 99 branches in 
Michigan, of which 75 were owned and 24 were leased. Our Michigan branches consist of 88 free-standing office buildings, 
one in-store banking center and 10 branches in buildings in which there are other tenants. We also have 89 retail mortgage 
locations that are primarily leased, as well as 4 wholesale lending offices and 5 commercial lending offices, located in 29 states. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, the Company is party to legal proceedings incident to its business. For further information, see 

Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS

PART II 

Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the trading symbol FBC. At December 31, 2017, there were 57,321,228 

shares of our common stock outstanding held by 20,627 stockholders of record. The following table shows the high and low 
sale prices for our common stock during each calendar quarter during 2017 and 2016.

Quarter Ending

December 31, 2017

September 30, 2017

June 30, 2017

March 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

September 30, 2016

June 30, 2016

March 31, 2016

Dividends

Highest Sale Price

Lowest Sale Price

$

$

38.48

$

35.48

31.36

29.10

29.08

$

28.09

24.47

23.13

34.82

29.89

27.59

25.42

26.35

24.40

20.68

17.49

We have not paid dividends on our common stock since the fourth quarter 2007. The amount and nature of any 
dividends declared on our common stock in the future will be determined by our board of directors. We are generally prohibited 
from making any dividend payments on stock except pursuant to the prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve as set forth in 
the Supervisory Agreement. For additional information regarding dividends, see MD&A - Liquidity Risk and MD&A - Capital.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

We made no unregistered sales of our equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We made no purchases of equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

For information with respect to securities to be issued under our equity compensation plans, see Part III, Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, which information is 
hereby incorporated by reference. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph

CUMULATIVE TOTAL STOCKHOLDER RETURN
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDICES
DECEMBER 31, 2012 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

December 31, 2012

December 31, 2013
December 31, 2014

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2016
December 31, 2017

Flagstar Bancorp
100

Nasdaq Financial
100

Nasdaq Bank
100

S&P Small Cap 600
100

Russell 2000
100

101
81

119

139
193

138
142

146

180
203

139
143

152

206
213

140
146

141

176
196

137
142

134

160
181

20

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Summary of Consolidated Statements of Operations

Net interest income

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

Noninterest income

Noninterest expense

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)

Preferred stock dividends/accretion

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

$

$

$

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(In millions, except share data and percentages)

$

390

$

323

$

6

470

643

148

63

—

63

1.11

1.09

$

$

$

(8)

487

560

87

171

—

171

2.71

2.66

$

$

$

287

$

(19)

470

536

82

158

—

158

2.27

2.24

$

$

$

$

247

132

372

590

(34)

(69)

(1)

(70) $

(1.72) $

(1.72) $

186

70

653

918

(416)

267

(6)

261

4.40

4.37

Basic

Diluted

57,093,868

56,569,307

56,426,977

56,246,528

56,063,282

58,178,343

57,597,667

57,164,523

56,246,528

56,518,181

December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(In millions, except per share data and percentages)

Summary of Consolidated Statements of Financial
Condition

Total assets

Loans receivable, net

Total deposits

Total short-term and long-term Federal Home Loan Bank
advances

Long-term debt

Stockholders' equity (1)

Book value per common share

Tangible book value per share

$

16,912

$

14,053

$

13,715

$

12,165

8,934

5,665

494

1,399

24.40

24.04

9,465

8,800

2,980

493

1,336

23.50

23.50

9,226

7,935

3,541

247

1,529

22.33

22.33

$

9,840

6,523

7,069

514

331

1,373

19.64

19.64

9,407

6,637

6,140

988

353

1,426

20.66

20.66

Number of common shares outstanding

57,321,228

56,824,802

56,483,258

56,332,307

56,138,074

(1) 

Includes preferred stock totaling $0 million, $0 million, $267 million, $267 million, and $266 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

21

 
 
 
 
Average Balances:

Average interest-earning assets

Average interest paying liabilities

Average stockholders’ equity

Selected Ratios:

Interest rate spread

Net interest margin

Return (loss) on average assets

Return (loss) on average equity

Return (loss) on average common equity

Equity-to-assets ratio

Common equity-to-assets ratio

Equity/assets ratio (average for the period)

Efficiency ratio

Bancorp Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) (1)(2)

Bank Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)

Effective tax provision rate (3)

Selected Statistics:

Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (4)

Mortgage loans sold and securitized

Number of banking centers

Number of FTE employees

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(In millions, except share data and percentages)

$

14,130

$

12,164

$

10,436

$

11,848

1,433

2.56%

2.75%

0.40%

4.41%

4.4%

8.27%

8.27%

9.05%

74.8%

8.51%

9.04%

70.1%

9,757

1,464

2.45%

2.64%

1.23%

11.69%

13.0%

9.50%

9.50%

10.52%

69.2%

8.88%

10.52%

33.7%

8,305

1,486

2.58%

2.74%

1.32%

10.63%

10.5%

11.14%

9.20%

12.43%

70.9%

11.51%

11.79%

34.2%

8,440

6,780

1,406

2.80 %

2.91 %

(0.71)%

(4.97)%

(6.1)%

13.95 %

11.24 %

14.22 %

95.4 %

N/A

12.43 %

32.9 %

$

10,882

9,338

1,239

1.50%

1.72%

2.08%

21.09%

26.8%

15.16%

12.33%

9.87%

109.4%

N/A

13.97%

29.7%

$

$

32,527

32,493

99

3,525

$

$

29,372

32,033

99

2,886

$

$

25,511

26,307

99

2,713

$

$

24,007

24,407

107

2,739

$

$

31,590

39,075

111

3,253

(1)  Applicable to Bancorp for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.
(2)  Basel III transitional.
(3)  The year ended December 31, 2017 includes an $80 million one-time, non-cash charge to the provision for income taxes resulting from the 

revaluation of the Company's net deferred tax asset (DTA) at a lower statutory rate as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  

(4)  Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not 

expected to close based on previous historical experience and the level of interest rates. 

22

 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS

Executive Overview

Earnings Performance

Results of Operations

Operating Segments

Risk Management

Credit Risk

Market Risk

Liquidity Risk

Operational Risk

Capital 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Critical Accounting Estimates

24

25

26

34

39

39

49

51

55

57

58

61

23

The following is an analysis of our financial condition and results of operations. This should be read in conjunction 

with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes filed with this report in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data.

Overview 

We are a leading savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our 

principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. We provide a range of commercial, 
small business, and consumer banking services and we are the 5th largest mortgage originator in the nation. We distinguish 
ourselves by crafting specialized solutions for our customers, local delivery, high quality customer service and competitive 
product pricing. For additional details and information on each of our lines of business, see MD&A - Operating Segments and 
Note 23 - Segment Information. 

Executive Overview

The year ended 2017 resulted in net income of $63 million, or $1.09 per diluted share, and adjusted net income of 

$143 million or $2.47 per diluted share, after adjusting for a non-cash charge of $80 million, or $1.37 per diluted share due to 
the revaluation of our net deferred tax asset under the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The durability of our earnings was proven in 
2017 as the continued growth of our community bank and mortgage servicing businesses, combined with the strength of our 
mortgage origination business, produced more predictable and consistent results. The transformation of the community bank 
into a strong commercial bank and our 2017 strategic mortgage acquisitions provide more levers to respond to market 
opportunities and maximize earnings.

The community bank added $1 billion of commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans to the balance 

sheet. These higher yielding loans helped drive net interest income up 21 percent or $67 million for the full year 2017 compared 
to the full year 2016. Total deposits increased 2 percent to $8.9 billion and costs remained well managed in a rising interest rate 
environment. In addition, the pending acquisition of eight branches of Desert Community Bank, expected to close in the first 
quarter of 2018, will provide approximately $600 million in low cost deposits to fund loan growth and expand our banking 
footprint.

Mortgage originations totaled $34 billion, representing a 6 percent increase in closings, despite a softer origination 

market in 2017. Additionally, fallout adjusted locks increased 11 percent or $3 billion during the year. The two mortgage 
acquisitions occurring in 2017 strengthened our delegated correspondent and distributed retail channels, providing us more 
flexibility in responding to challenges in the mortgage market. Our two jumbo mortgage securitizations demonstrate our 
capability to execute mortgage loan sales through another market mechanism which will continue to allow us to respond more 
dynamically to market opportunities.

Our mortgage servicing business continued to gain scale and ended the year servicing over 442,000 accounts. During 

2017, we had over $33 billion in MSR sales making us one of the largest sellers of MSRs in the country. Of those sales, we 
retained subservicing on 84 percent solidifying our national position as the 8th largest subservicer. This high retention rate 
validated the quality of our servicing platform.

Noninterest expense increased 15 percent to $643 million in 2017 as we made investments in future growth. We 

remain focused on improving efficiency through increasing revenues while maintaining cost discipline across the organization. 

We ended the year with $16.9 billion in assets, up $2.9 billion, or 20 percent, from year end 2016. Our credit quality is 

solid with only $8 million in net charge-offs and sustained low levels of delinquencies in 2017. Our robust capital position 
remains a hallmark with Tier 1 leverage at 8.5 percent at December 31, 2017, well above the amount needed to be considered 
"well capitalized". The proposed simplification of the Basel III rules, if enacted as proposed, as well as the decrease in the 
corporate tax rate will accelerate capital formation to support further balance sheet growth and improve our capital flexibility. 
We believe we are well-positioned, supported by the capital and liquidity to prudently grow the Bank, to drive increased 
earnings and deliver greater shareholder value.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings Performance

Net interest income

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

Total noninterest income
Total noninterest expense

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Adjusted net income (1)

Income per share:

Basic
Diluted
Adjusted diluted (1)

$

$

$

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

390

$

6

470
643

148
63

143

$1.11
$1.09
$2.47

$

$

323
(8)
487
560

87
171

155

$

$

$

$2.71
$2.66
$2.38

287
(19)
470
536

82
158

158

$2.27
$2.24
$2.24

(1)  For further information, see MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

Full year 2017 net income was $63 million, or $1.09 per diluted share, as compared to full year 2016 net income of 

$171 million, or $2.66 per diluted share. The 2017 full year results included a charge of $80 million to the provision for income 
taxes, or $1.37 per diluted share, due to the revaluation of DTAs at a lower statutory rate resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs 
Act. Excluding this charge, the Company had adjusted 2017 net income of $143 million, or $2.47 per diluted share. 

The $12 million decrease in adjusted net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2016, was primarily driven by higher expenses resulting from growth initiatives, including our 2017 acquisitions, 
as well as expenses related to increased mortgage volume. This was partially offset by a $67 million increase in net interest 
income due to interest earning asset growth of $2.0 billion led by higher average LHFS due to extending turn times and 
accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitization and continued commercial lending growth. Our 
transition to a commercial bank resulted in a 57 percent increase in average commercial loans for the year ended December 31, 
2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Full year 2016 net income was $171 million, or $2.66 per diluted share, as compared to full year 2015 net income of 
$158 million, or $2.24 per diluted share. The 2016 full year results included a $24 million benefit related to a decrease in the 
fair value of the DOJ settlement liability. Excluding this benefit, the Company had adjusted 2016 net income of $155 million, or 
$2.38 per diluted share. 

The $3 million decrease in adjusted net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2015, was primarily driven by higher performance driven expenses and a lower benefit for loan losses partially 
offset by a $36 million increase in net interest income. Net interest income increased as a result of growth in our interest 
earning assets as we executed on our strategic initiative to deploy capital and replace lower credit quality assets with higher 
quality residential and commercial loans. As a result of this initiative, we grew average interest earning assets by 17 percent 
from $10.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2015 to $12.2 billion during the year ended December 31, 2016.

For a reconciliation and discussion of non-GAAP financial measures discussed above, see MD&A - Use of Non-
GAAP Financial Measures. Additional details of each key driver have been further explained in Management’s discussion 
below.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income

The following table presents on a consolidated basis interest income from average assets and liabilities, expressed in 

dollars and yields: 

2017

For the Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Rate

(Dollars in millions)

$

4,146 $

165

3.99 % $

3,134 $

113

3.62 % $

2,188 $

85

3.90 %

85
24
1
110
68
47
43
158
268
13
80
1
527

1
29
1
14
45

1
3
3
7
—
52

36

24

25
137

2,549
471
26
3,046
1,579
981
890
3,450
6,496
290
3,121
77
14,130 $
1,716
$ 15,846

$

514 $

3,829
255
1,187
5,785

222
406
329
957
23
6,765

3,356

1,234

493
11,848
2,142
423
1,433

74
24
1
99
35
27
58
120
219
16
68
1
417

1
29
1
10
41

1
2
2
5
—
46

5

27

16
94

3.35 %
5.06 %
4.51 %
3.62 %
4.25 %
4.73 %
4.73 %
4.51 %
4.09 %
4.30 %
2.57 %
1.15 %
3.71 %

2,328
475
29
2,832
1,004
631
1,346
2,981
5,813
435
2,653
129
12,164 $
1,743
$ 13,907

0.19 % $
0.76 %
0.50 %
1.18 %
0.78 %

0.45 %
0.68 %
0.82 %
0.67 %
1.35 %
0.77 %

1.09 %

1.92 %

5.08 %
1.15 %

489 $

3,751
278
990
5,508

228
442
382
1,052
—
6,560

1,249

1,584

364
9,757
2,202
484
1,464

85
27
2
114
22
17
39
78
192
18
59
1
355

1
30
1
6
38

1
2
1
4
—
42

1

18

7
68

3.16 %
5.17 %
4.73 %
3.52 %
3.46 %
4.22 %
4.22 %
3.97 %
3.75 %
3.59 %
2.56 %
0.50 %
3.42 %

2,562
491
30
3,083
678
438
877
1,993
5,076
633
2,305
234
10,436 $
1,520
$ 11,956

0.18 % $
0.78 %
0.44 %
1.05 %
0.76 %

0.39 %
0.52 %
0.40 %
0.45 %
— %
0.71 %

0.44 %

1.72 %

4.34 %
0.97 %

429 $

3,693
258
787
5,167

257
405
358
1,020
—
6,187

311

1,500

307
8,305
1,690
475
1,486

$ 15,846

$

2,282

$ 13,907

$

2,407

$ 11,956

$

2,131

$

390

$

323

$

287

2.56 %
2.75 %

119.3 %

2.45 %
2.64 %

124.7 %

3.33 %
5.40 %
5.30 %
3.68 %
3.21 %
3.86 %
4.41 %
3.88 %
3.76 %
2.86 %
2.55 %
0.50 %
3.38 %

0.14 %
0.82 %
0.31 %
0.77 %
0.73 %

0.39 %
0.52 %
0.39 %
0.44 %
— %
0.68 %

0.30 %

1.17 %

2.42 %
0.82 %

2.58 %
2.74 %

125.7 %

Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale
Loans held-for-investment

Residential first mortgage
Home Equity
Other

Total Consumer loans
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial and Industrial
Warehouse Lending

Total Commercial loans

Total loans held-for-investment (1)

Loans with government guarantees
Investment securities
Interest-bearing deposits

Total interest-earning assets

Other assets

Total assets
Interest-Bearing Liabilities

Retail deposits

Demand deposits
Savings deposits
Money market deposits
Certificate of deposits
Total retail deposits

Government deposits
Demand deposits
Savings deposits
Certificate of deposits

Total government deposits
Wholesale deposits and other

Total interest-bearing deposits

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank
advances and other
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank
advances
Other long-term debt

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Noninterest-bearing deposits (2)
Other liabilities
Stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity
Net interest-earning assets

Net interest income
Interest rate spread (3)
Net interest margin (4)
Ratio of average interest-earning assets
to interest-bearing liabilities

(1) 

Includes nonaccrual loans, for further information relating to nonaccrual loans, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 
Includes noninterest-bearing company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others. 
Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(2) 
(3) 
(4)  Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

26

 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables present the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components 

of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The table distinguishes between the changes related to average 
outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates 
(changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). The rate/volume variances are allocated to rate. 

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017 Versus 2016 Increase
(Decrease) Due to:

2016 Versus 2015 Increase
(Decrease) Due to:

Rate

Volume

Total

Rate

Volume

Total

(Dollars in millions)

$

15

$

37

$

52

$

(9) $

37

$

28

5

—

—

5

13

5

4

22

27

2

—

44

3

22

2

4

31

13

$

$

6

—

—

6

20

15

(19)

16

22

(5)

12

66

3

9

(5)

5

12

54

11

—

—

11

33

20

(15)

38

49

(3)

12

(4)

(1)

—

(5)

3

2

(2)

3

(2)

3

2

(7)

(2)

(1)

(10)

10

8

21

39

29

(5)

7

$

110

$

(6) $

68

$

6

31

(3)

9

43

67

$

(1)

2

8

7

16

$

(22) $

5

2

1

2

10

58

$

(11)

(3)

(1)

(15)

13

10

19

42

27

(2)

9

62

4

4

9

9

26

36

Interest-Earning Assets

Loans held-for-sale

Loans held-for-investment

Residential first mortgage

Home equity

Other

Total Consumer loans

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial and Industrial

Warehouse Lending

Total Commercial loans

Total loans held-for-investment

Loans with government guarantees

Investment securities

Total interest-earning assets

$

Interest-Bearing Liabilities

Interest-bearing deposits

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank
advances and other

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank
advances

Other long-term debt

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Change in net interest income

$

2017 Compared to 2016 

Net interest income increased $67 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 
2016. The increase was primarily driven by growth in average interest-earning assets of 16 percent, led by higher average 
LHFS balances and growth of our higher yielding commercial LHFI portfolios. 

Our net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 2.75 percent, as compared to 2.64 percent for the 

year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in net interest margin was driven by a higher average yield on interest earning 
assets due to the growth in our commercial loan portfolio. This was partially offset by an increase in interest expense resulting 
from a full year of interest on our long-term senior debt which was issued in July 2016. 

Average interest-earnings assets increased $2.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same 

period in 2016. The increase was due to a $1.0 billion increase in LHFS due to extending turn times and accumulation of loans 
in support of residential mortgage backed securitization. The CRE and C&I portfolios increased $925 million, or 57 percent as 
we continue to focus our efforts on building a broad-based, higher yielding commercial loan portfolio as we execute on our 
transformation into a commercial bank.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the full 

year in 2016, primarily due to an increase in FHLB advances used to fund balance sheet growth in excess of deposit growth. 
Average interest-bearing deposits increased $205 million, or 3 percent for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the 
same period in 2016, driven by higher average retail deposits, partially offset by lower average government deposits. Our costs 
remained well managed in a rising interest rate environment, despite a slight extension of duration due to a higher percentage of 
certificates of deposit.

2016 Compared to 2015 

Net interest income increased $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 

2015. The increase for the year was primarily driven by growth in average interest earning assets of 16 percent, partially offset 
by a decrease in the net interest margin driven by a competitive interest rate environment and issuance of 6.125 percent senior 
debt used to fund the TARP redemption. 

Our net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 2.64 percent, as compared to 2.74 percent for the 

year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in net interest margin from 2015 was primarily driven by higher interest rates 
from longer term fixed rate debt taken to match-fund our longer duration asset growth, interest expense on senior debt issued to 
fund the TARP redemption and lower average interest rates on LHFS due to a more competitive interest rate environment. This 
decrease was partially offset by higher average yield on interest earning assets as we shifted from lower spread residential 
mortgage loans into higher spread commercial loans. 

Average LHFS increased $946 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015, 
due to an increase in mortgage production resulting from a low interest rate market which drove increased refinance activity. 
Average LHFI increased $737 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015, primarily 
due to growth in warehouse and commercial loans where we have increased our market share and begun to grow our new 
product portfolios.

Provision (Benefit) for Loan Losses 

2017 Compared to 2016

The provision for loan losses increased $14 million to $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared 
to a benefit of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase is primarily due to loan growth of $1.6 billion in 
our commercial and consumer portfolios. The 2016 benefit resulted primarily from the sale of consumer loans with a UPB of 
$1.3 billion, of which $110 million were nonperforming.

2016 Compared to 2015 

The provision for loan losses decreased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2015. In 2016, the benefit resulted primarily from the sale of performing and nonperforming consumer 
loans with a UPB of $1.3 billion, of which $110 million were nonperforming, partially offset by commercial loan growth. In 
2015, the provision (benefit) for loan losses included a net reduction in the allowance for loan losses relating to several loan 
sales, including a net reduction in the allowance relating to interest-only residential first mortgage loans, partially offset by an 
increase related to the growth in our LHFI portfolio.  

For further information, see MD&A - Credit Risk. 

28

 
 
 
 
Noninterest Income

The following tables provide information on our noninterest income along with additional details related to our net gain 

on loan sales and activity that occurred within the period:

Net gain on loan sales
Loan fees and charges
Deposit fees and charges
Loan administration income
Net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights
Representation and warranty benefit
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income

Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)

Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1) (2)

Gain on loan sales + net return (loss) on the MSR (2)

Capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights

Mortgage loans sold and securitized

Net margin on loans sold and securitized

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)
316
$
76
22
18
(26)
19
62
487

$

$

$

268
82
18
21
22
13
46
470

288
67
25
26
28
19
17
470

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

32,527

0.82%

290

1.16%

32,493

0.82%

$

$

29,372

1.02%

290

1.07%

32,033

0.94%

25,511

1.13%

316

1.13%

26,307

1.09%

$

$

$

$

$

(1)  Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not 

expected to close based on previous historical experience and the level of interest rates. 

(2)  Gain on sale margin is based on net gain on loan sales (excludes net gain on loan sales of $1 million, $15 million and zero from loans transferred 

from HFI for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively) to fallout-adjusted mortgage rate lock 
commitments.

2017 Compared to 2016

Total noninterest income was $470 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, which was a $17 million 

decrease from $487 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Net gain on loan sales decreased $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 
2016. Market conditions impacted the net gain on loan sales margin which decreased 12 basis points with fallout adjusted lock 
yields decreasing 20 basis points to 0.82 percent. As a result of our 2017 mortgage acquisitions, the decrease in margin was 
partially offset by a 10.7 percent increase in fallout adjusted mortgage rate lock volume despite the 14 percent decline in the 
overall mortgage origination market experienced this year. In addition, the decrease in net gain on loan sales was partially 
attributable to extending turn times on sales of certain LHFS, when in our estimation extensions provide favorable economics, 
which shifts earnings from net gain on loan sales to net interest income as well as the sale of nonperforming LHFI that occurred 
in 2016 which resulted in a $14 million gain.

Total loan fees and charges increased $6 million, or 7.9 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 

the same period in 2016, primarily due to a corresponding 8.0 percent increase in loan originations.

Deposit fees and charges decreased $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 

2016, primarily due to lower exchange fee income resulting from limitations set by the Durbin amendment, which became 
applicable to the Bank on July 1, 2016.

Loan administration income increased $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period 

in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by higher fee revenue due to an increase in the number of loans subserviced for 
others. This increased as a result of growth in our servicing business.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net return on MSRs, including the impact of hedges, increased $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 

compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by a more stable prepayment environment as a result 
of higher market interest rates, partially offset by a decrease in servicing fee income resulting from a lower MSR balance and 
higher transaction costs due to MSR sales that occurred in 2017.

Representation and warranty benefit decreased $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the 

same period in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower recoveries and a greater reduction of the reserve in 2016 
compared to 2017. The reserve has continued to decrease as a result of sustained strong underwriting, low levels of repurchases 
and a low repurchase pipeline of $3 million UPB at December 31, 2017.

Other noninterest income decreased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period 

in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million reduction in the DOJ settlement liability that occurred in the third 
quarter of 2016. This decrease was partially offset by increased rental income attributable to growth in equipment financing, 
and higher investment, insurance, and commercial loan fee income.

2016 Compared to 2015

Total noninterest income increased $17 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended 

December 31, 2015.

Net gain on loan sales increased $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended 

December 31, 2015. The increase in gain on loan sales was primarily due to $3.9 million higher fallout-adjusted lock volume 
driven by an increase in refinance activity and a $14 million gain from the sale of performing LHFI. The increase was partially 
offset by lower loan sale margins driven by pricing competition.

Total loan fees and charges increased $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended 

December 31, 2015, primarily due to higher mortgage loan closings.

Loan administration income decreased $8 million for the year December 31, 2016 to $18 million, compared to $26 
million for the same period in 2015. The decrease was equally driven by lower fee revenue from loans subserviced for others 
and higher interest expense on average company controlled deposits which increased due primarily to higher refinance activity.

Our net loss on MSRs was $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a return of $28 million for 

the same period in 2015. The $54 million decrease was primarily due to a decline in fair value driven by higher prepayments, 
increased market implied interest rate volatility, and a $7 million charge related to MSR sales that closed during the year. These 
declines were partially offset by higher servicing fees and ancillary income received due to a higher average outstanding MSR 
balance carried throughout the year.

Other noninterest income increased $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period 
in 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $24 million benefit related to the reduction in the fair value of the DOJ settlement 
liability and an $11 million net improvement in fair value adjustments. Higher income earned on our bank owned life insurance 
and gains on the sale of AFS investment securities about equally drove the remaining improvement.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest expense:

Compensation and benefits

Occupancy and equipment

Commissions

Loan processing expense

Legal and professional expense

Other noninterest expense

Total noninterest expense

Efficiency ratio

Number of FTE

2017 Compared to 2016

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

(Dollars in millions)

$

269

$

85

55

55

29

67

299

103

72

57

30

82

643

$

560

$

74.8%

3,525

69.2%

2,886

237

81

39

52

36

91

536

70.9%

2,713

Total noninterest expense increased $83 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended 

December 31, 2016. 

The $30 million increase in compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 
the same period in 2016. This increase was driven by recent acquisitions and additions in our Community Banking segment to 
support growth in both our C&I and CRE portfolios. Our full-time equivalent employees increased by 22 percent from 
December 31, 2016 to a total of 3,525 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2017, of which 465 were Opes full-time 
equivalent employees. 

The $18 million increase in occupancy and equipment expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 

the same period in 2016, was primarily due to a higher average depreciable asset base and increased utilization of vendor 
services to support the needs of our growing business.

Commission expense increased $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 

2016, primarily due to higher loan originations and a shift in mix to delegated retail channels with higher commission rates 
resulting from our mortgage acquisitions.

Other noninterest expense increased $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period 

in 2016, primarily due to an increase in advertising expenses due to direct mail and brand awareness campaigns that were 
launched to drive deposit growth. The remaining increase is equally attributable to an increase in our FDIC assessment driven 
by growth in our commercial portfolios, higher business development costs related to acquisitions and an increase in charitable 
activities.

2016 Compared to 2015 

Total noninterest expense increased $24 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended 

December 31, 2015.

The $32 million increase in compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 

the same period in 2015, was primarily due to an increase in overall headcount in support of our new strategic initiatives along 
with an increase in performance-related compensation including the ExLTIP plan, for further information relating to ExLTIP 
plan, see Note 18 - Stock-Based Compensation. Our full-time equivalent employees increased overall by 173 from 
December 31, 2015 to a total of 2,886 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2016. 

Commission expense increased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 

2015. Higher loan production and unfavorable product mix about equally drove a $9 million increase with the remaining 
increase being driven by our investment in new strategic initiatives.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Occupancy and equipment expense increased $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same 
period in 2015, primarily due to an increase in maintenance costs related to software that was implemented in the fourth quarter 
2015 along with a higher average depreciable asset base. 

Legal and professional expense decreased $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same 

period in 2015, primarily due to implementation of company-wide cost savings initiatives resulting in decreased utilization of 
third party service providers.

Other noninterest expense decreased $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period 

in 2015 primarily due to a decrease in federal insurance premium expenses driven by an improvement to our risk profile, 
combined with decreases in default servicing costs, foreclosure costs and an improvement in house prices, offset with higher 
litigation and regulatory related expenses that occurred in 2015. 

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law H.R.1, originally known as the Tax Cuts and 

Jobs Act. The legislation includes various changes to the U.S. tax code which will have an impact on us, including, but not 
limited to, a reduction in the statutory corporation tax rate from a maximum rate of 35 percent to a flat rate of 21 percent 
effective January 1, 2018, repeal of the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), immediate expensing of capital 
investments, modifications to the provisions of future generated net operating losses, and additional limitations on the 
deductibility of performance-based compensation for named executive officers. We have analyzed and recorded the effects of 
the law’s impact in the financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2017. 

2017 Compared to 2016

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $148 million, compared to a provision of 

$87 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in the provision for income taxes is primarily due to the charge 
to the provision for income taxes of approximately $80 million. This resulted from the revaluation of our DTAs as a result of 
the new tax legislation. Excluding this charge, the Company’s adjusted effective tax rate was 32.1 percent. This adjusted 
effective tax rate differs from the combined federal and state statutory rate primarily due to benefits from tax-exempt earnings 
and stock-based compensation.

2016 Compared to 2015 

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $87 million, compared to a provision of 

$82 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and our effective tax provision rate decreased to 33.7 percent as compared to 
34.2 percent for the same periods, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily due to the impact of the bank 
owned life insurance and state taxes in relation to pre-tax income.

For further information, see Note 19 - Income Taxes. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter Results

The following table sets forth selected quarterly data:

Net interest income

Provision for loan losses

Total noninterest income

Total noninterest expense

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Adjusted net income (1)

Income per share:

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted diluted (1)

Efficiency ratio

December 31,
2017

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended

September 30,
2017

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in millions)

107

$

103

$

2

124

178

96

(45)

$

35

$

$

$

(0.79)

(0.79)

0.60

77.1%

2

130

171

20

40

40

0.71

0.70

0.70

73.5%

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

December 31,
2016

(Unaudited)

87

1

98

142

14

28

28

0.50

0.49

0.49

76.7%

(1)  For further information, see MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

Fourth Quarter 2017 compared to Third Quarter 2017 

Net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2017 was $45 million, or $0.79 per diluted share, as compared to a 

net gain of $40 million, or $0.70 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2017. The fourth quarter 2017 
results included a one-time charge of $80 million to the provision for income taxes, or $1.37 per diluted share, due to the 
revaluation of our net deferred tax asset under the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Excluding this charge, the Company had adjusted 
net income of $35 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2017 

Adjusted net income decreased $5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the three 
months ended September 31, 2017. The decrease was due to a $7 million increase in noninterest expense, primarily resulting 
from higher performance driven compensation and increased expenses to support the investment in our growth initiatives. In 
addition, noninterest income decreased $6 million, primarily due to a net loss on the MSRs based on a decrease in fair value 
and charges associated with a pending MSR sale. This decrease was offset by an increase in gain on loan sales, which 
experienced a 7 basis point increase in margins, due to favorable pricing experienced in the fourth quarter, offset by a modest 3 
percent decline in fallout adjusted locks despite seasonal factors, reflecting the strength of our bulk and retail channels. These 
declines were partially offset by a $4 million increase in net interest income, driven by a 4 percent increase in average earning 
assets, led by continued growth in our commercial loan portfolio, which experienced an increase in average balances of $344 
million, or 9 percent, for the fourth quarter 2017 as compared to the third quarter of 2017. 

Fourth Quarter 2017 compared to Fourth Quarter 2016 

Net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2017 was $45 million, or $0.79 per diluted share, as compared to a 

net gain of $28 million, or $0.49 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2016. The fourth quarter 2017 
results included a one-time charge of $80 million to the provision for income taxes, or $1.37 per diluted share, due to the 
revaluation of our net deferred tax asset under the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Excluding this charge, the Company had adjusted 
net income of $35 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2017. 

Adjusted net income increased $7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the three 

months ended December 31, 2016. The increase was driven by a $22 million increase in net gain on loan sales, primarily due to 
a 42 percent higher fallout adjusted lock volume as a result of our strategic acquisitions and investments made in 2017. In 
addition, net interest income increased $20 million, driven by a $2.6 billion, or 20 percent, increase in average earning assets, 
led by a $1.1 billion increase in the CRE and C&I portfolios. The increase in net interest income was further the result of a 9 
basis point increase in net interest margin for the three months ended December 31, 2017, compared to the three months ended 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in market rates, a higher yielding commercial loan portfolio, and continued 
deposit price discipline. These increases were partially offset by a $36 million increase in noninterest expense, driven by higher 
compensation and benefits due to increased headcount driven by the strategic acquisitions and investments in future revenue 
growth made in 2017. 

Operating Segments

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction with Note 23 - 

Operating Segments, and other sections for a full understanding of our consolidated financial performance.

Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment services consumer, governmental and commercial customers. We also serve home 

builders, correspondents, and commercial customers in Michigan. We are focused on using capital and liquidity generated from 
the mortgage business to expand our community banking relationships and build net interest margin revenue and fee income.

Our commercial customers are from a diversified range of industries including financial, insurance, service, 
manufacturing, and distribution. We offer financial products to these customers for use in their normal business operations and 
financing of working capital needs, equipment purchases and other capital investments. Additionally, our commercial real estate 
division supports income producing real estate and residential properties. These loans are made to finance properties such as 
owner-occupied, retail, office, multi-family apartment buildings, industrial buildings, and residential developments which are 
repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property.

Our Community Banking segment has seen continued growth throughout the year and our transformation into a 
community bank continues to be of importance to our overall business model. Our commercial loan portfolio has grown to $4.3 
billion as of December 31, 2017, representing a 30.7 percent increase from December 31, 2016. 

On November 13, 2017, we announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire eight Desert Community Bank 

branches in San Bernardino County, California, with approximately $600 million in deposits and $70 million in loans. The 
pending acquisition has received regulatory approval and is expected to close during the first quarter of 2018. This acquisition 
will provide us with low cost, stable deposits to fund balance sheet growth. Additionally, this acquisition will combine Desert 
Community Bank's successful deposit franchise with a significant Flagstar presence already on the West Coast, which includes 
our Opes Advisors division, warehouse lending and home builder finance activities. 

Mortgage Originations

We are a leading national originator of residential first mortgage loans. Our Mortgage Origination segment originates, 

acquires and sells one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. We utilize multiple distribution channels to originate or 
acquire mortgage loans on a national scale. Our Mortgage Origination segment helps grow the servicing business which 
generates a stable, low cost funding source through company controlled deposits for the community bank. Additionally, the 
Mortgage Originations segment provides us with a large number of customer relationships which, along with our banking 
customer relationships, provide us an opportunity to prudently cross-sell a full line of consumer financial products which 
include mortgage refinancing, HELOC, and other consumer loans.

Correspondent. In the correspondent channels, an unaffiliated bank or mortgage company completes the loan 

paperwork and also funds the loan at closing. After the bank or mortgage company has funded the transaction, we purchase 
the loan at an agreed upon price. We perform a full review of each loan, whether purchased in bulk or not, purchasing only 
those loans that were originated in accordance with our underwriting guidelines. Correspondents apply to the Bank and may 
be approved for delegated underwriting authority. Delegated correspondents assume the risks associated with the 
underwriting of the loan and earn more on loans sold compared to non-delegated correspondents. Non-delegated 
correspondents earn commissions and administrative fees for closing and funding loans which are then underwritten by the 
Bank. We have active relationships with 479 delegated correspondents and 553 non-delegated correspondents servicing 
borrowers in all 50 states.

Broker. In a broker transaction, an unaffiliated mortgage broker completes several steps of the loan origination 
process including the loan paperwork, but the loans are underwritten by us on a loan-level basis to our underwriting standards 
and we fund and close the loan in the Bank's name, thereby becoming the lender of record. Currently, we have active broker 
relationships with 745 mortgage brokers servicing borrowers in all 50 states.

34

 
  
  
Retail. In our distributed retail channel, loans are originated through our nationwide network of stand-alone home 

loan centers. At December 31, 2017, we maintained 89 retail locations in 29 states representing the combined retail branches 
of Flagstar Bank and its Opes Advisors mortgage division. In a direct-to-consumer lending transaction, loans are originated 
through our direct-to-consumer team or from one of our two national call centers, both of which may leverage our existing 
customer relationships. When loans are originated on a retail basis, most aspects of the lending process are completed 
internally, including the origination documentation (inclusive of customer disclosures), as well as the funding of the 
transactions. 

The following tables disclose residential first mortgage loan originations by channel, type and mix:

Correspondent

Broker

Retail

Total

Purchase originations

Refinance originations

Total

Conventional

Government

Jumbo

Total

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

At December 31,

25,769

$

24,488

$

20,543

$

18,052

$

(Dollars in millions)

5,025

3,614

34,408

19,357

15,051

34,408

16,962

8,635

8,811

$

$

$

$

5,890

2,039

32,417

13,672

18,745

32,417

18,156

7,859

6,402

$

$

$

$

7,335

1,490

29,368

13,696

15,672

29,368

17,571

6,385

5,412

$

$

$

$

5,339

1,194

24,585

14,654

9,931

24,585

15,158

6,134

3,293

$

$

$

$

34,408

$

32,417

$

29,368

$

24,585

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

25,885

9,612

1,980

37,477

12,840

24,637

37,477

25,653

8,825

2,999

37,477

We continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process, thereby bringing service and 

convenience to borrowers and correspondents. We also offer our customers web-based tools that facilitate the mortgage loan 
process through each of our production channels. We will continue to seek new ways to expand our relationships with 
borrowers and correspondents to provide the necessary capital and liquidity to grow the Community Bank and Mortgage 
Servicing segments.

The majority of our loan originations during the year ended December 31, 2017 were eligible for sale to the 

Agencies. In addition, during 2017, we closed on two securitizations of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) 
totaling $1.0 billion, which were comprised of loans Flagstar originated through our retail, broker and correspondent channels 
with collateral consisting of high-quality 15 to 30 year, fully amortizing conforming and jumbo fixed rate loans. On February 
23, 2018, we closed an additional RMBS securitization totaling $488 million, comprised of loans similar to those included in 
the securitizations that occurred during 2017. We have demonstrated our ability to execute securitizations in the market and 
expect to continue securitization activity throughout 2018. This is an important differentiator for our mortgage business by 
providing an additional means in which to sell our residential mortgage loans.

Mortgage Servicing

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage loans for others through a scalable servicing 

platform on a fee for service basis and may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest bearing 
escrows. The loans we service generate escrow deposits which provide a stable low cost funding source to the Bank. Revenue 
for those serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities 
and the status of the underlying loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment services residential mortgages for our LHFI portfolio 
in the Community Banking segment and our MSR portfolio in the Mortgage Originations segment for which it earns segment 
revenue via an intercompany service fee allocation.

35

  
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents residential loans serviced and the number of accounts associated with those loans. 

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance (1)

Number of
accounts

Unpaid
Principal
Balance (1)

Number of
accounts

Unpaid
Principal
Balance (1)

Number of
accounts

(Dollars in millions)

Residential loan servicing

Serviced for own loan portfolio (2) $

Serviced for others

Subserviced for others (3)

Total residential loans serviced

$

7,013

25,073

65,864

97,950

29,493

$

103,137

309,814

442,444

$

5,816

31,207

43,127

80,150

29,244

$

133,270

220,075

382,589

$

6,088

26,145

40,287

72,520

30,683

118,662

211,937

361,282

(1)  UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) 

Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage and home equity), LHFS (residential first mortgage), loans with government guarantees (residential first 
mortgage), and repossessed assets.
Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs. Includes repossessed assets.

(3) 

At December 31, 2017, the number of residential loans serviced and the UPB of those loans increased by 59,855 and 

$17.8 billion, respectively, compared to December 31, 2016. Loans subserviced for others drove the increase in total residential 
loans serviced by increasing 89,739 loans and $22.7 billion UPB, offset by a decrease of loans serviced for others of 30,133 
loans and $6.1 billion UPB, over the same period.

The shift in loan servicing categories was primarily due to large bulk sales of MSRs that occurred during 2017 of 

which we retained subservicing. Consistent with our strategy to grow our subservicing business, of the $33.2 billion UPB of 
MSRs sold during 2017, we retained subservicing on 84 percent of these sales. Our continued growth in our subservicing 
business has made us the 8th largest subservicer in the nation with capacity for further growth as we continue to subservice 
loans originated by Flagstar as well as those originated by others. Our platform and capabilities make us an attractive and 
comprehensive option to owners of MSRs as our service offerings also include MSR lending, servicing advanced lending and 
recapture services.

Loans Serviced for Others

The following table presents the characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced for others. 

Average UPB per loan

Weighted average service fee (basis points)

Weighted average coupon

Weighted average original maturity (months)

Weighted average age (months)

Average current FICO score (1)

Average original LTV ratio

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)

Delinquencies:

30-59 days past due

60-89 days past due

90 days or greater past due

Total past due

At December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

243

28.8

4.05%

330

11

728

77.7%

73.3%

250

71

125

446

$

$

$

234

26.6

3.88%

325

15

746

71.9%

65.6%

155

26

102

283

$

$

220

27.4

4.12%

337

15

733

77.9%

71.7%

198

45

80

323

$

$

$

(1)  Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the life of the loan.
(2)  The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of September 30, 2017. 

36

 
 
 
 
 
Loans Subserviced for Others  

The following table presents the characteristics of the mortgage loans subserviced for others.

Average UPB per loan (thousands)

Weighted average service fee (basis points)

Weighted average coupon

Weighted average original maturity (months)

Weighted average age (months)

Average current FICO score (1)

Average original LTV ratio

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)

Delinquencies:

30-59 days past due

60-89 days past due

90 days or greater past due

Total past due

At December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

213

28.3

3.85%

307

36

734

71.1%

62.4%

$

954

276

692

$

196

31.0

3.83%

337

39

728

81.1%

65.3%

$

614

164

441

1,922

$

1,219

$

190

29.7

3.97%

334

40

737

78.4%

62.1%

567

197

529

1,293

$

$

$

(1)  Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the life of the loan.
(2)  The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of September 30, 2017.

Other

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, the impact of 

interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate 
nature. Treasury functions include administering the investment securities portfolios, balance sheet funding, and interest rate 
risk management. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets and 
liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage 
Servicing segments.

Operating Segments' Performance

The net income (loss) by operating segment is presented in the following table:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

39

$

110

(15)

(71)

63

$

46

$

119

(13)

19

171

$

26

149

(28)

11

158

Community Banking

Mortgage Originations

Mortgage Servicing

Other

Total net income (loss)

Community Banking

2017 compared to 2016 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Community Banking segment reported net income of $39 million, 

compared to net income of $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The $7 million decrease was primarily due to a 
$15 million increase in other noninterest expense primarily driven by higher compensation and benefits expense to support 
strategic growth initiatives and increased FDIC premiums due to higher balances. In addition, the provision for loan losses 
increased $14 million and noninterest income decreased $11 million, driven by a decrease in net gain on loan sales, primarily 

37

 
 
 
 
due to the sale of performing residential loans out of the LHFI portfolio during 2016. These decreases were partially offset by 
an increase in net interest income of $32 million, primarily due to loan growth as our CRE and C&I portfolios increased by 
$671 million and $427 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

2016 compared to 2015 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Community Banking segment had net income of $46 million, 

compared to net income of $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to a $35 million increase in net 
interest income resulting from growth in our warehouse, commercial, and home builder finance loan balances along with an 
increase in net gain on loan sales of $21 million, primarily driven by the sale of performing residential first mortgage loans out 
of the LHFI portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2016. These increases were partially offset by a $19 million increase 
in other noninterest expense driven by personnel related expenses and higher advertising expenses which have supported our 
strategic growth initiatives. In addition, the benefit for loan losses decreased $9 million due to higher sales of nonperforming 
and interest-only loans in 2015 which drove a provision benefit of $19 million.

Mortgage Originations

2017 compared to 2016

The Mortgage Originations segment net income decreased $9 million to $110 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2017, compared to $119 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a 
$65 million increase in other noninterest expense driven by expenses associated with growth initiatives, which included an 
increase in compensation and benefits and higher commissions resulting from the acquisition of Opes Advisors and an increase 
in mortgage volume. In addition, net gain on loan sales decreased $32 million driven by a 21 basis point decrease in margin 
resulting from competitive factors and a shift in product mix with higher correspondent volume resulting from acquisitions. 
These decreases were partially offset by a $48 million increase in net return on MSRs. Additionally, net interest income 
increased $39 million resulting from increased mortgage volume and longer turn times to take advantage of attractive spreads. 

2016 compared to 2015 

The Mortgage Originations segment net income decreased $30 million to $119 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2016, compared to $149 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a 
$43 million decrease in noninterest income primarily attributable to lower net return on MSRs resulting from higher 
prepayments and an increased probability of prepayment assumption driven by the low interest rate environment experienced 
throughout the year. This was offset by an increase of $10 million in net interest income primarily resulting from higher average 
LHFS balances in 2016.

Mortgage Servicing

2017 compared to 2016

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net loss of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared 

to a net loss of $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower loan administration 
income resulting from higher amounts paid to subservice clients for custodial balances which is driven by higher market rates 
and increased volume. Additionally, lower company controlled deposits drove a decrease in net interest income. These 
decreases were partially offset by higher noninterest income primarily due an increase in the number of loans subserviced for 
others, which grew by nearly 90,000 loans, or 40.8 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2016. 

2016 compared to 2015

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net loss of $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared 

to a net loss of $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The improvement was primarily due to a $20 million 
increase in net interest income resulting from higher funds transfer pricing earned on company controlled deposits and higher 
interest recoveries on modified loans with government guarantees. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in 
noninterest income due to a lower overall volume of performing and default loans serviced. 

38

 
 
 
Other

2017 compared to 2016 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Other segment reported net loss of $71 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017, compared to net income of $19 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in net income 
is primarily due to the charge to the provision for income taxes of approximately $80 million, resulting from the new tax 
legislation that required revaluation of our DTAs at a lower corporate statutory rate. In addition, the prior year saw an increase 
in noninterest income primarily due to the $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability.

2016 compared to 2015 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Other segment reported net income of $19 million, as compared to net 

income of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The improvement was primarily due to an increase in noninterest 
income due to a $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability, and an increase from the improved cash 
surrender value of bank owned life insurance. These increases were primarily offset by an increase in interest expense due to 
higher average outstanding FHLB advances and senior debt issued for TARP redemption.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The risks we are 

subject to in the normal course of business, include, but are not limited to, credit, regulatory compliance, legal, reputation, 
liquidity, market, operational and strategic. We have made significant investments in our risk management activities which are 
focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and 
soundness and maximize profitability. We hold capital to protect from unexpected loss arising from these risks.

A comprehensive discussion of risks affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A. of this 

Form 10-K. Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity and operational risks 
are described in the following paragraphs.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss to us arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or 

performance terms. We provide loans, extend credit, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related 
credit risk.

We maintain a strict credit limit, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in order to maintain a diversified loan 

portfolio and manage its credit exposure to any one borrower or obligor. Under the Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA"), savings 
associations are generally subject to national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, per HOLA, the Bank may not 
make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital plus 
any portion of the allowance for loan losses not included in the Tier 2 capital, which was $251 million as of December 31, 
2017. We maintain a maximum internal Bank limit of $100 million (commitment level) to any one borrower/obligor 
relationship, which is more conservative than the limit required by HOLA. Additionally, we have a tracking and reporting 
process to monitor lending concentration levels and all credit exposures to one borrower that exceed $50 million must be 
approved by the Board of Directors.

The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is 

central to profitable lending. We manage our credit risk by establishing sound credit policies for underwriting and adhering to 
well controlled processes. We utilize various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with 
loans that we hold, acquire, and originate.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Originations

The following table presents loan originations by portfolio:

Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage

Home equity (1)

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans (2)

Total loan originations

(1) 
(2) 

Includes second mortgage loans, HELOC loans, and other consumer loans. 
Includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.

Loans held-for-investment 

The following table summarizes loans held-for-investment by category:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

34,408

$

336

34,744

1,215

35,959

$

32,417

195

32,612

687

33,299

Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage

$

2,754

$

2,327

$

3,100

$

2,193

$

2,509

At December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(Dollars in millions)

Home equity

Other

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate (1)

Commercial and industrial

Warehouse lending

Total commercial loans

664

25

3,443

1,932

1,196

1,142

4,270

443

28

2,798

1,261

769

1,237

3,267

519

31

3,650

814

552

1,336

2,702

406

31

2,630

620

429

769

1,818

Total loans held-for-investment

$

7,713

$

6,065

$

6,352

$

4,448

$

(1) 

Includes NBV of $307 million, $244 million, $188 million, $142 million, and $82 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at 
December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

460

37

3,006

409

217

424

1,050

4,056

Loans held-for-investment increased $1.6 billion at December 31, 2017, from December 31, 2016. The increase was 

primarily due to our continued effort to grow both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios.

The commercial loan portfolio growth strengthens our Community Banking segment by improving margins through the 
additions of higher yielding loans. The commercial loan portfolio has grown $1.0 billion, or 31 percent, since December 31, 2016. 
During the year ended December 31, 2017, our CRE portfolio grew $671 million and C&I $427 million. 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides a comparison of activity in our LHFI portfolio:

Balance, beginning of year

Loans originated and purchased

Change in lines of credit

Loans transferred from loans held-for-sale

Loans transferred to loans held-for-sale

Loan amortization / prepayments

Loans transferred to repossessed assets

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(Dollars in millions)

$

6,065

$

6,352

$

4,448

$

4,056

$

5,438

2,170

2,982

1

(130)

(3,373)

(2)

1,771

957

2

(1,309)

(1,700)

(8)

2,975

678

32

(1,198)

(569)

(14)

894

424

56

(509)

(451)

(22)

868

380

64

(832)

(1,687)

(175)

4,056

Balance, end of year

$

7,713

$

6,065

$

6,352

$

4,448

$

For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

Residential first mortgage loans. We originate or purchase various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and 

adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing 
owner occupied and second home properties. The LTV requirements vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, 
and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. We hold for investment, 
higher yielding loans and loans that will diversify or enhance the interest rate characteristics of our balance sheet.

The following table presents our total residential first mortgage LHFI by major category:

Current estimated LTV ratios

Less than 80% and refreshed FICO scores (1):

Equal to or greater than 660
Less than 660

80% and greater and refreshed FICO scores (1):

Equal to or greater than 660
Less than 660

U.S. government guaranteed

Total

Geographic region

California
Michigan
Florida
Texas
Washington
Illinois
Arizona
Colorado
Maryland
New York
Others

Total

(1)  FICO scores are updated at least on a quarterly basis or more frequently if available.

41

At December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

2,441
73

168
12
60
2,754

1,127
275
201
182
169
101
76
69
65
62
427
2,754

$

$

$

2,077
95

78
9
68
2,327

858
236
193
138
136
84
65
60
59
68
430
2,327

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Home equity. Our home equity portfolio includes first and second lien positions for HELOANs and HELOCs. These 

loans require full documentation and are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure high credit quality and loan profitability. 
Our debt-to-income ratio on HELOANS is capped at 43 percent and for HELOCs is capped at 45 percent. We currently limit 
the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of 660. Current second mortgage loans/HELOANS are 
fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 15 years. HELOC loans are variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year draw 
period followed by a 20-year amortizing period.

Commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial LHFI facilities typically include lines of credit and term 

loans and leases to businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital, equipment and capital 
purchases, acquisitions and expansion projects. We lend to customers with a history of profitability and a long-term business 
model. Generally, leverage conforms to industry standards and the minimum debt service coverage is 1.20 times. Most of our 
C&I loans earn interest at a variable rate. 

In 2016, we launched an equipment finance and leasing program to complement our existing commercial and 
industrial lending channel and in 2017, we saw solid, consistent growth in this business. During the year ended December 31, 
2017, we had $4 million in earnings related to this business as compared to less than $1 million for the year end December 31, 
2016.

The following table presents our total C&I LHFI by borrower's geographic location and industry type: 

Michigan

Texas

Virginia

California

Tennessee

Other

Total

% by industry

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2017
Industry Type

Financial & Insurance
Services (1)
Manufacturing
Healthcare
Distribution
Servicing advances
Rental & leasing
Government & education
Commodities
Total
Percent by state

$

$

$

$

15
78
64
26
81
31
49
5
—
349
29.2%

$

$

9
74
5
7
—
—
—
—
—
95
7.9%

$

$

70
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
70
5.9%

— $
34
23
1
10
—
—
—
—
68
5.7%

$

14
—
—
43
—
—
—
—
—
57
4.8%

$ 222
118
97
29
—
50
26
6
9
$ 557

46.6%

$

$

330
304
189
106
91
81
75
11
9
1,196
100.0%

27.6%
25.4%
15.8%
8.9%
7.6%
6.8%
6.3%
0.9%
0.8%
100.0%

(1) 

Includes unsecured home builder loans of $104 million. 

Commercial real estate loans. Flagstar has a well-diversified commercial real estate portfolio, largely based in 

Michigan. The portfolio has limited exposure to big box retail centers and contains only one mall. The majority of our retail 
exposure is to high-quality, single tenant locations, including many drug stores, all of which are underwritten on strong credit 
metrics. Generally, the maximum LTV is 80 percent, or 85 percent for owner-occupied real estate, and debt service coverage of 
1.20 to 1.35 times. This portfolio also includes owner occupied real estate loans and secured home builder loans. 

In 2016, we launched a national home builder finance program to grow our balance sheet, increase commercial 

deposits and develop incremental revenue through our retail purchase mortgage channel. We finance and have active 
relationships with homebuilders nationwide. At December 31, 2017, loans committed to home builders totaled $1.1 billion, of 
which $601 million was drawn or used. Of that, $104 million was unsecured and included in our C&I portfolio and $497 
million is collateralized and included in either the single family residence or land-residential categories of our CRE portfolio. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents our total CRE LHFI by collateral location and collateral type:

Michigan

Texas

Colorado

Florida

California

Other

Total (1)

(Dollars in millions)

$

December 31, 2017
Collateral Type

Single family residence (2)
Multi family
Retail (3)
Industrial
Office
Land - Residential (4)
Hotel/motel
Senior living facility
Parking garage/Lot
Non Profit
Shopping Mall (5)
All other (6)

$

$

$

70
120
171
123
176
9
86
27
72
38
—
45
936
48.5%

72
35
4
4
—
22
17
—
—
—
—
1
155
8.0%

91
11
6
—
—
41
—
—
—
—
—
—
149
7.7%

$

$

78
13
2
2
3
25
—
—
—
3
—
12
138
7.1%

$

$

52
—
—
11
16
34
—
—
—
2
—
—
115
6.0%

$

$

48
82
65
75
3
37
19
62
—
4
27
16
439
22.7%

411
261
248
215
198
168
122
89
72
47
27
74
1,932
100.0%

$

$

$

Total
Percent by state
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5)  Comprised of one shopping mall.
(6)  All other primarily includes: marina, movie theater, condominium, data centers etc.

Includes $307 million of commercial owner occupied real estate loans at December 31, 2017. 
Includes home builder loans secured by SFR 1-4 properties whether under construction or completed. 
Includes multipurpose retail space, neighborhood centers, strip centers and single-use retail space
Includes home builder loans secured by land. Land residential includes development and unimproved vacant land.

$

% by
collateral
type

21.3%
13.5%
12.8%
11.1%
10.2%
8.7%
6.3%
4.6%
3.7%
2.4%
1.4%
3.8%
100.0%

Warehouse lending. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the 
closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential 
mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank. For the 
year ended December 31, 2017, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $10.8 billion or 37.4 percent. 
For the year ended December 31, 2016, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $14.4 billion or 40.9 
percent. In addition, on February 20, 2018 we announced the pending acquisition of a mortgage warehouse loan portfolio from 
Santander Bank which will strengthen our national relationship-based lending platform, bring on a seasoned sales and 
operations team, and offer strong growth potential with a scalable platform. The acquisition is expected to close during the first 
quarter of 2018. 

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the Agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for 

debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. We have a national platform with relationship managers across the country. The aggregate 
committed amount of adjustable-rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at December 31, 2017 was 
$2.8 billion, of which $1.1 billion was outstanding, compared to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2016, of which $1.2 billion was 
outstanding.

43

 
 
 
 
 
Loan Principal Payments 

The following tables set forth the expected repayment of our LHFI, both as fixed rate and adjustable-rate loans:

Fixed Rate Loans

Residential first mortgage

Home Equity

Other consumer

Commercial real estate

Commercial and industrial

Total fixed rate loans

Adjustable Rate Loans

Residential first mortgage

Home Equity

Commercial real estate

Commercial and industrial

Warehouse lending

Total adjustable rate loans

Within 1 Year

1 Year to 5 Years

Over 5 Years

Totals (1)

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2017

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

8

6

6

17

36

73

56

9

615

335

1,172

2,187

$

35

30

13

38

141

257

$

$

198

$

62

6

—

90

356

$

244

$

2,192

$

42

1,277

598

—

502

—

—

—

2,161

$

2,694

$

241

98

25

55

267

686

2,492

553

1,892

933

1,172

7,042

(1)  UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.   

Credit Quality

Trends in certain credit quality characteristics such as nonperforming loans and past due statistics remain very strong 

and continue to show improvement. This is predominantly a result of effectively managing credit risks and sales of legacy 
portfolios that included nonperforming and TDR loans which have been replaced by new loans with strong credit 
characteristics. The credit quality of our loan portfolios is demonstrated by low delinquency levels, minimal charge-offs and 
low levels of nonperforming loans.

For all loan categories within the consumer and commercial loan portfolio, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when 

any portion of principal or interest is 90 days past due (or nonperforming), or earlier when we become aware of information 
indicating that collection of principal and interest is in doubt. While it is the goal of management to collect on loans, we attempt 
to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure 
proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist 
borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the Bank. When a loan is placed on 
nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed. Loans return to accrual status when principal and interest become 
current and are anticipated to be fully collectible. 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth certain information about our nonperforming assets:

At December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(Dollars in millions)

LHFI

Consumer Loans

Residential first mortgages

$

Home equity

Commercial

Commercial real estate

Commercial and industrial

Total nonperforming LHFI

TDRS

Consumer Loans

Residential first mortgages

Home equity

Total nonperforming TDRs

Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)

Real estate and other nonperforming assets, net

LHFS

$

12

1

—

—

13

12

4

16

29

8

9

Total nonperforming assets

$

46

$

18

4

—

—

22

11

7

18

40

14

6

60

$

$

27

2

—

2

31

27

8

35

66

17

12

95

$

$

72

2

—

—

74

43

3

46

120

19

15

$

154

$

92

6

1

—

99

43

4

47

146

36

1

183

Nonperforming assets to total assets (2)

Nonperforming LHFI and TDRs to LHFI

Net charge-offs to average LHFI (annualized) (1)

Nonperforming assets to LHFI and repossessed assets (2)

Nonperforming assets to Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total 
assets) + ALLL (2)(3)

0.22%

0.38%

0.12%

0.48%

0.39%

0.67%

0.52%

0.90%

0.61%

1.05%

1.85%

1.32%

1.41%

2.71%

1.07%

3.12%

1.94%

3.59%

4.00%

4.46%

2.36%

3.93%

5.12%

9.50%

12.45%

Includes less than 90 days past due performing loans placed on nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.

(1) 
(2)  Ratio excludes LHFS.
(3)  Refer to MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for calculation of ratio.

At December 31, 2017, we had $46 million of nonperforming assets compared to $60 million of nonperforming assets 
at December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $9 million decrease in nonperforming LHFI at December 31, 2017 
compared to December 31, 2016. As reflected in the table above, our nonperforming loans have decreased substantially and we 
have experienced continued improvements in our credit quality ratios since December 31, 2013. The overall improvement in 
our nonperforming assets credit quality ratios is due to our continued effort to grow our loan portfolio with strong credit quality 
loans, combined with a slowing emergence of nonperforming loans driven by decreased levels of delinquencies. 

In addition to our focus of improving our loan portfolio with strong credit quality loans, we strove to de-risk our 

balance sheet by selling nonperforming loans. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold $25 million UPB of 
nonperforming consumer loans which included $11 million UPB of TDRs, as compared to $110 million UPB of nonperforming 
consumer loans during the year ended December 31, 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, we 
sold $436 million UPB of nonperforming loans which included $327 million UPB of TDRs, $92 million UPB of nonperforming 
loans which included $30 million UPB of TDRs, and $508 million UPB of nonperforming loans which included $318 million 
UPB of TDRs, respectively.

45

 
 
 
 
 
Delinquencies 

The following table sets forth our performing LHFI which are past due 30-89 days:

Performing loans past due 30-89:
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity
Other

Total performing loans past due 30-89 days

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

4
1
—
5

$

$

6
3
1
10

$

$

10
3
1
14

$

$

37
7
—
44

$

$

56
5
—
61

Early stage delinquencies remained low with the 30 to 89 days past due loans decreasing to $5 million at 

December 31, 2017, compared to $10 million at December 31, 2016, due to our continued focus on growing our loan portfolio 
with stronger credit quality loans. There were no past due commercial loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. 

Troubled debt restructurings (held-for-investment)

Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are modified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulties and 

for which a concession has been granted as a result. Nonperforming TDRs are included in nonaccrual loans. TDRs remain in 
nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms. 
Performing TDRs are excluded from nonaccrual loans because it is reasonably assured that all contractual principal and interest 
due under the restructured terms will be collected.

The following table sets forth a summary of TDRs by performing status: 

Performing TDRs

Residential first mortgage

Home equity

Total performing TDRs

Nonperforming TDRs

Nonperforming TDRs

Nonperforming TDRs at inception but performing for less than six
months

Total nonperforming TDRs

Total TDRs (1)

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

19

24

43

5

11

16

59

$

$

22

45

67

8

10

18

85

$

49

52

101

7

28

35

$

306

$

56

362

29

17

46

332

51

383

26

21

47

$

136

$

408

$

430

(1)  The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $13 million, $9 million, $15 million, $81 million, and $82 million at December 31, 2017, December 31, 

2016, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2017 our total TDR loans decreased to $59 million compared to $85 million at December 31, 2016, 

primarily due to our efforts to de-risk our balance sheet by selling nonperforming loans which has resulted in lower 
delinquency rates and fewer modified loans. Of our total TDR loans, 73.7 percent were in performing status at December 31, 
2017. For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses 

The ALLL represents management's estimate of probable losses that are inherent in our LHFI portfolio but which have 

not yet been realized. For further information, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of 
Significant Accounting Standards and Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

The ALLL was $140 million and $142 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease from 

December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by continued strong credit quality, including lower levels of net charge-offs, 
delinquencies, and nonperforming assets, offset by growth in the LHFI portfolio of $1.6 billion UPB.

The ALLL as a percentage of LHFI decreased to 1.8 percent as of December 31, 2017 from 2.4 percent as of 

December 31, 2016, attributable to growth of $1.6 billion consisting of high credit quality assets in both the consumer and 
commercial loan portfolios. At December 31, 2017, we had a 2.0 percent allowance coverage of our consumer loan portfolio 
and a 1.6 percent allowance coverage of our commercial loan portfolio, reflecting continued low levels of delinquencies and net 
charge-offs in the LHFI portfolio.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the allocation of our ALLL to each loan category:

December 31, 2017

Investment
Loan
Portfolio

Percent
of
Portfolio

Allowance
Amount

Allowance as a 
Percentage of
Loan Portfolio

(Dollars in millions)

35.7% $

8.6%

0.3%

44.6%

25.1%

15.5%

14.8%

55.4%

47

22

1

70

45

19

6

70

100.0% $

140

1.7%

3.3%

4.0%

2.0%

2.3%

1.6%

0.5%

1.6%

1.8%

Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage

Home equity

Other consumer

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate

Commercial and industrial

Warehouse lending

Total commercial loans

Total loans held-for-investment (1)

(1)  Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

$

$

2,746

660

25

3,431

1,932

1,196

1,142

4,270

7,701

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables set forth certain information regarding our ALLL and the allocation of the ALLL over the past five 

years:

At December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Allowance
Amount

Allowance
to Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Allowance
to Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Allowance
to Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Allowance
to Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Allowance
to Total
Loans

(Dollars in millions)

Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage

$

Home equity

Other consumer

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate

Commercial and industrial

Warehouse lending

Total commercial loans

Total loans held-for-
investment (1)

47

22

1

70

45

19

6

70

0.6% $

0.3%

—%

0.9%

0.6%

0.2%

0.1%

0.9%

65

24

1

90

28

17

7

52

1.1% $

116

1.9% $

234

5.6% $

162

0.4%

—%

1.5%

0.5%

0.3%

0.1%

0.9%

32

2

150

18

13

6

37

0.5%

—%

2.4%

0.3%

0.2%

0.1%

0.6%

31

1

266

17

11

3

31

0.7%

—%

6.3%

0.4%

0.2%

0.1%

0.7%

20

2

184

19

3

1

23

4.2%

0.5%

0.1%

4.8%

0.5%

0.1%

—%

0.6%

$

140

1.8% $

142

2.4% $

187

3.0% $

297

7.0% $

207

5.4%

(1)  Excludes loans carried under the fair value option. 

Beginning balance

Provision (benefit) for loan losses (1)

$

$

142
6

$

187
(15)

$

297
(19)

$

207
132

305
70

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(Dollars in millions)

Charge-offs
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity
Other consumer

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Total commercial loans

Total charge offs

Recoveries
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity
Other consumer

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Total commercial loans

Total recoveries

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

Ending balance

$

(8)
(3)
(2)
(13)

(1)
—
(1)
(14)

1
2
1
4

1
1
2
6
(8)
140

$

(29)
(4)
(3)
(36)

—
—
—
(36)

2
—
3
5

1
—
1
6
(30)
142

$

(87)
(7)
(4)
(98)

—
(3)
(3)
(101)

3
2
3
8

2
—
2
10
(91)
187

$

(38)
(9)
(2)
(49)

(3)
—
(3)
(52)

3
1
3
7

3
—
3
10
(42)
297

$

(133)
(11)
(4)
(148)

(47)
(2)
(49)
(197)

15
2
2
19

10
—
10
29
(168)
207

(1)  Does not include $7 million provision expense recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with 

government guarantees at December 31, 2016. There was no provision for loan losses for repossessed loans with government guarantees recorded 
during the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information on our charge-offs and credit quality ratios:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
Charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees

Charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs

Charge-offs, net of recoveries, adjusted (1)
Net charge-offs to LHFI ratio (annualized) (2)
Net charge-off ratio, adjusted (annualized) (1)(2)

$

$

$

$

8
4

1
3
0.12%
0.05%

(Dollars in millions)
$

$

91
3

30
14

$

8
8
0.52%
0.15%

69
19
1.85%
0.40%

$

$

$

42
—

15
27
1.07%
0.69%

168
—

69
99
4.00%
2.36%

(1)  Excludes charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees and charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans 

and TDRs.

(2)  Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

Net Charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased to $8 million compared to $30 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2016. As a percentage of average LHFI, net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased 
to 0.12 percent from 0.52 percent for the year ended December 31, 2016. The continued improvement in net charge-offs is a 
result of our strong underwriting and loan quality combined with sales of nonperforming loans. During the year ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, the annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of the average LHFI on an adjusted basis, were 
0.05 percent and 0.15 percent, respectively.

Market Risk 

Market risk is the risk of reduced earnings and/or declines in the net market value of the balance sheet due to changes 

in market prices. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk which impacts our net interest income, fee income related to 
interest sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income, and loan and deposit demand. 

We are subject to interest rate risk due to:

•  The maturity or repricing of assets and liabilities at different times or for different amounts
•  Differences in short-term and long-term market interest rate changes
•  The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change

The Asset/Liability Committee ("ALCO"), which is composed of our executive officers and certain members of 

management, monitors interest rate risk on an on-going basis in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. 
The ALCO reviews interest rate positions and considers the impact projected interest rate scenarios have on earnings, capital, 
liquidity, business strategies, and other factors. However, management has the latitude to change interest rate positions within 
certain limits if, in management's judgment, the change will enhance profitability.

To assess and manage interest rate risk, sensitivity analysis is used to determine the impact on earnings and the net 

market value of the balance sheet across various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends, and strategies.

Net interest income sensitivity

Management uses a simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates 

across various interest rate scenarios which demonstrates the level of interest rate risk inherent in the existing balance sheet. 
The analysis holds the current balance sheet values constant and does not take into account management intervention. In 
addition, we assume certain correlation rates, often referred to as a “deposit beta,” of interest-bearing deposits, wherein the rates 
paid to customers change at a different pace when compared to changes in benchmark interest rates. The effect on net interest 
income over a 12 month time horizon due to hypothetical changes in market interest rates is presented in the table below. In this 
interest rate shock test, as of the periods presented, interest rates have been adjusted by instantaneous parallel changes rather 
than in a ramp test which applies interest rate changes over time. All rates, short-term and long-term, are changed by the same 
amount (plus or minus 200 basis points) resulting in the shape of the yield curve remaining unchanged. The minus 200 basis 
point shock scenario is effectively a flattener scenario as rates are floored at zero given the current interest rate levels.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
Scenario

200
Constant
(200)

Scenario

200
Constant
(200)

December 31, 2017

Net interest Income

$ Change

% Change

(Dollars in millions)

$449
433
397

December 31, 2016

$16
—
(37)

Net interest Income

$ Change

% Change

(Dollars in millions)

$321
301
245

$19
—
(57)

3.6 %
— %
(8.5)%

6.3 %
— %
(18.9)%

In the net interest income simulation, our balance sheet exhibits slight asset sensitivity. When interest rates rise our net 

interest income increases. Conversely, when interest rates fall our net interest income decreases. At December 31, 2017, the 
$132 million increase in the net interest income in the constant scenario as compared to December 31, 2016, was primarily 
driven by the increased size of the balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2017 we have also projected the potential impact to net interest income in a hypothetical "bear 

flattener" interest rate scenario, in which short-term interest rates have been instantaneously increased by 100 basis points while 
holding the longer term interest rates constant. Over a 12-month and 24-month period, based on our existing balance sheet, the 
simulation resulted in a loss of $40 million and $53 million, respectively. 

The net interest income sensitivity analysis has certain limitations and makes various assumptions. Key elements of 
this interest rate risk exposure assessment include maintaining a static balance sheet and parallel rate shocks. The direction of 
future interest rates not moving in a parallel manner across the yield curve, how the balance sheet will respond and shift based 
on a change in future interest rates and how the Company will respond are not included in this analysis and limit the predictive 
value of these scenarios. 

Economic value of equity

Management also utilizes (EVE), a point in time analysis of the economic value of our current balance sheet position, 
which measures interest rate risk over a longer term. The EVE calculation represents a hypothetical valuation of equity, and is 
defined as the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off-balance sheet 
instruments. The assessment of both short-term earnings (Net Interest Income Sensitivity) and long-term valuation (EVE) 
approaches provide a more comprehensive analysis of interest rate risk exposure than Net Interest Income Sensitivity alone. 

There are assumptions and inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market 

interest rates and as such, sensitivity calculations used in this analysis are hypothetical and should not be considered to be 
predictive of future results. This analysis evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only and does not incorporate future 
growth assumptions. Additionally, the analysis assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous and the new rate environment is 
constant but does not include actions management may undertake to manage risk in response to interest rate changes. Each rate 
scenario reflects unique prepayment and repricing assumptions. Management derives these assumptions by considering 
published market prepayment expectations, repricing characteristics, our historical experience, and our asset and liability 
management strategy. This analysis assumes that changes in interest rates may not affect or could partially affect certain 
instruments based on their characteristics. 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table is a summary of the changes in our EVE that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in 

market interest rates. The interest rates, as of the dates presented, are adjusted by an instantaneous parallel rate increases and 
decreases as indicated in the scenarios shown in the table below. 

Scenario

EVE

EVE%

$ Change

% Change

Scenario

EVE

EVE%

$ Change

% Change

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

300
200
100
Current
(100)

$

1,941
2,020
2,089
2,113
2,082

11.6% $
12.0%
12.4%
12.6%
12.4%

(172)
(93)
(24)
—
(31)

(Dollars in millions)
300
200
100

(8.1)%
(4.4)%
(1.2)%

— % Current
(100)

(1.5)%

$

1,927
2,005
2,073
2,100
2,067

13.9% $
14.4%
14.9%
15.1%
14.9%

(173)
(95)
(28)
—
(33)

(8.2)%
(4.5)%
(1.3)%
— %
(1.6)%

Our balance sheet exhibits liability sensitivity in a rising interest rate scenario as the EVE decreases. The decrease in 
EVE is the result of the amount of liabilities that would be expected to reprice exceeding the amount of assets repriced in the 
+200 scenario. The December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 (100) is effectively a flattener scenario as shorter term rates are 
unable to decrease 100 basis points due to the absolute level of rates. Therefore, the yields of the longer term variable rate assets 
decrease by the full 100 basis points, but the liabilities repricing to shorter term rates decrease to less than 100 basis points, 
leading to a reduction in EVE.

Derivative financial instruments

As a part of our risk management strategy, we use derivative financial instruments to minimize fluctuation in earnings 

caused by interest rate risk. We use interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward sales commitments to hedge our mortgage 
origination pipeline, funded mortgage LHFS and MSRs. All of our derivatives and mortgage loan production originated for sale 
are accounted for at fair market value. Changes to mortgage commitments are based on changes in fair value of the underlying 
loan, which is impacted most significantly by changes in interest rates and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund 
within the terms of the commitment, referred to as a fallout factor or pull through rate. Market risk on interest rate lock 
commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. The adequacy of these hedging 
strategies, the ability to fully or partially hedge market risk, rely on various assumptions or projections, including a fallout 
factor. For further information, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)

Our MSRs are sensitive to interest rate volatility and are highly susceptible to prepayment risk, basis risk, market 

volatility and changes in the shape of the yield curve. We utilize derivatives and other fair value assets as part of our overall 
hedging strategy to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs, however these risk management strategies do 
not completely eliminate repricing risk. Our hedging strategies rely on assumptions and projections regarding assets and general 
market factors, many of which are outside of our control. If one or more of these assumptions or projections proves to be 
incorrect our hedging strategies may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, and 
as a result may negatively impact earnings. For further information, see Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 11 - 
Derivative Financial Instruments.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not have sufficient funds to meet current and future cash flow needs as they 

become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows 
in deposits and to take advantage of interest rate and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet current 
financial obligations is a function of the balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets and access to various sources of 
funds.

Parent Company Liquidity

The Company obtains its liquidity primarily from dividends from the Bank. The primary uses of the Company's 

liquidity are debt service and operating expenses, which includes compensation and benefits, legal and professional expense 
and general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2017, the Company held $196 million of cash at the Bank, or 3.8 
years of expense and debt service coverage.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
The OCC regulates all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including 

dividend payments. A subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Bank, must file a notice or application 
with the OCC at least 30 days prior to each proposed capital distribution. Whether an application is required is based on a 
number of factors including whether the institution qualifies for expedited treatment under the OCC rules and regulations or if 
the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year 
exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years. In addition, as a subsidiary of 
a savings and loan holding company, the Bank must receive approval from the FRB before declaring any external dividends. 
Additional restrictions on dividends apply if the Bank fails the QTL test.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid dividends of $157 million from the Bank to the Bancorp. To support 

the on-going debt service and other Bancorp expenses, we also intend to reduce our Bancorp double leverage and debt to equity 
ratios to be more consistent with such ratios at other mid-sized banks, which would likely require further dividend payments 
from the Bank to the Bancorp for the foreseeable future.

For further information and restrictions related to the Bank's payment of dividends, see MD&A - Regulatory Risks and 

MD&A - Capital.

Bank Liquidity

We primarily originate agency-eligible LHFS and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan 
originations are readily convertible to cash, either by selling them as part of our agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or 
by pledging them to the FHLB of Indianapolis and borrowing against them. We use the FHLB of Indianapolis as a significant 
source for funding our residential mortgage banking business due to the flexibility in terms of being able to borrow or repay 
borrowings as daily cash needs require.

We have arrangements with the FRB of Chicago to borrow, as appropriate, from its discount window. The discount 

window is also a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or 
unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. 
To collateralize the line, we pledge investment securities and loans that are eligible based on FRB of Chicago guidelines. At 
December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit. 

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on 

the amount and type of pledged collateral as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the "haircut" of the market 
value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no 
notice.

As governed and defined by our internal liquidity policy, we maintain adequate excess liquidity levels appropriate to 

cover unanticipated liquidity needs. In addition to this liquidity, we also maintain targeted minimum levels of unused 
collateralized borrowing capacity as another cushion against unexpected liquidity needs. Each business day, we forecast 90 
days of daily cash needs. This allows us to determine our projected near term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, 
if necessary, future activities. As a result, in an adverse environment, we would be able to make adjustments to operations as 
required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for 
additional FHLB borrowings, accelerating sales of LHFS (agencies and/or private), selling LHFI or investment securities, 
borrowing through the use of repurchase agreements, reducing originations, making changes to warehouse funding facilities, or 
borrowing from the discount window. 

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of 
funds as deemed appropriate. We balance the liquidity of our loan assets to our available funding sources. Our LHFI portfolio is 
funded with stable core deposits whereas our warehouse and LHFS may be funded with FHLB borrowings and company 
controlled deposits.

Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

52

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity Table

Demand deposit accounts
Savings accounts
Money market demand accounts
Certificates of deposit/CDARS

Total retail deposits
Government deposits
Wholesale deposits
Company controlled deposits

Total deposits

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Other long-term debt

Total borrowed funds

Deposits 

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Change

(Dollars in millions)

$

$
$

$

1,219
3,553
193
1,493
6,458
1,073
45
1,358
8,934
5,665
494
6,159

$

$
$

$

1,134
3,887
247
1,056
6,324
1,030
—
1,446
8,800
2,980
493
3,473

$

$
$

$

85
(334)
(54)
437
134
43
45
(88)
134
2,685
1
2,686

The following table sets forth the composition of our deposits: 

At December 31,

2017

2016

Balance

Yield/Rate

% of Deposits

Balance

Yield/Rate

% of Deposits

(Dollars in millions)

Retail deposits

Branch retail deposits

Demand deposit accounts
Savings accounts
Money market demand accounts
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)

Total branch retail deposits

Commercial retail deposits
Demand deposit accounts
Savings accounts
Money market demand accounts
Certificate of deposit/CDARS (1)
Total commercial retail deposits

Total retail deposits

Government deposits

Demand deposit accounts
Savings accounts
Certificate of deposit/CDARS (1)
Total government deposits (2)

Wholesale deposits
Company controlled deposits (3)

Total deposits (4)

$

$

$

$

931
3,482
124
1,491
6,028

288
71
69
2
430
6,458

251
446
376
1,073
45
1,358
8,934

0.05%
0.79%
0.16%
1.39%
0.81%

0.28%
0.68%
0.85%
1.65%
0.44%
0.78%

0.56%
1.08%
1.53%
1.11%
1.53%
—%
0.70%

10.4% $
39.0%
1.4%
16.7%
67.5%

3.2%
0.8%
0.8%
—%
4.8%
72.3% $

2.8% $
5.0%
4.2%
12.0%
0.5%
15.2%
100.0% $

852
3,824
138
1,055
5,869

282
63
109
1
455
6,324

250
451
329
1,030
—
1,446
8,800

0.05%
0.77%
0.14%
1.04%
0.70%

0.16%
0.62%
0.77%
1.58%
0.37%
0.67%

0.39%
0.52%
0.74%
0.56%
—%
—%
0.55%

9.7%
43.5%
1.6%
12.0%
66.7%

3.2%
0.7%
1.2%
—%
5.1%
71.9%

2.8%
5.1%
3.7%
11.7%
—%
16.4%
100.0%

(1)  The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $1.4 billion and $1.0 billion at 

December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

(2)  Government deposits include funds from municipalities and schools.
(3)  These accounts represent a portion of the investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced for others and 

that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.

(4)  The aggregate amount of deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $4.2 billion and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2017 and 

December 31, 2016, respectively. 

53

 
 
 
 
Total deposits increased $134 million, or 2 percent at December 31, 2017, compared to December 31, 2016, primarily 

due to growth in branch retail deposits. We have experienced growth through retail customers and our commercial 
relationships. Our deposit strategy includes organic growth with our existing branches, expanding our subserving business, 
external growth through the pending acquisition of Desert Community Bank branches and by investing in technology to support 
online banking. Branch retail deposits increased $159 million at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, primarily 
due to an increase in retail certificates of deposit/CDARS, largely due to competitive pricing in response to increased market 
rates. 

We utilize local governmental agencies and other public units as an additional source for deposit funding. As a

Michigan bank, we are not required to hold collateral against our government deposits from Michigan government entities as 
they are covered by the Michigan Business and Growth Fund. Government deposit accounts included $376 million of 
certificates of deposit with maturities typically less than one year and $697 million in checking and savings accounts at 
December 31, 2017.

Company controlled deposits arise due to our servicing or subservicing of loans for others and represent the portion of 

the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. Certain deposits require us to reimburse the owner for the spread on 
these funds. This cost is a component of net loan administration income. Company controlled deposits are used to fund our 
most liquid assets including LHFS and warehouse loans. As not all asset categories require the same level of liquidity, our loan-
to-deposit ratio shows how we manage our liquidity position, how much liquidity we have and the agility of our balance sheet. 
The Company's HFI loan-to-deposit ratio, which excludes warehouse loans and company controlled deposits, was 83 percent at 
December 31, 2017, which provides substantial liquidity for continued growth. 

We participate in the CDARS program, through which certain customer CDs are exchanged for CDs of similar 

amounts from other participating banks. This gives customers the potential to receive FDIC insurance up to $50 million. At 
December 31, 2017, we had $190 million of total CDs enrolled in the CDARS program, a decrease of $41 million from 
December 31, 2016.

Our total exposure related to uninsured deposits over $250,000 was approximately $2.6 billion as of December 31, 

2017. These balances could experience a higher propensity to reprice should rates rise or the Bank's financial condition 
deteriorate. 

The following table indicates the scheduled maturities of our certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of 

$100,000 by acquisition channel as of December 31, 2017:

Twelve months or less
One to two years
Two to three years
Three to four years
Four to five years
Thereafter
Total

FHLB Advances

Retail Deposits

Government Deposits

Total

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

547
388
50
8
4
21
1,018

$

$

360
7
1
—
1
—
369

$

$

907
395
51
8
5
21
1,387

We rely upon advances from the FHLB as a source of funding for the origination or purchase of loans for sale in the 
secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and long-term financing. The outstanding balance of FHLB 
advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage LHFS and the availability of lower cost 
funding sources. Our portfolio includes short-term fixed rate advances, long-term LIBOR adjustable advances, and long-term 
fixed rate advances. Interest rates on the LIBOR index advances reset every three months and the advances may be prepaid 
without penalty, with notification, at scheduled three-month intervals after an initial 12-month lockout period.

The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other 

member financial institutions. We are currently authorized through a resolution of our board of directors to apply for advances 
from the FHLB using approved loan types as collateral, which includes residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of 
credit, and commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2017, we had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
line of credit of up to $7.0 billion and we may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At December 31, 2017, 
we had $5.7 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $763 million of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the 
FHLB. At December 31, 2017, we pledged collateral to the Federal Reserve Discount Window amounting to $467 million with 
a lendable value of $433 million. At December 31, 2016, we pledged collateral to the Federal Reserve Discount Window 
amounting to $496 million with a lendable value of $474 million. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no 
borrowings outstanding against this line of credit. 

Debt

As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of junior subordinated notes to 

our special purpose trusts formed for the offerings, which issued Tier 1 qualifying preferred stock (trust preferred securities). 
The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable on a quarterly basis; however, we may defer 
interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. At December 31, 2017, we had no deferred interest payments.

On July 11, 2016, we issued $250 million of Senior Notes which mature on July 15, 2021. The proceeds from these 

notes were used to bring current and redeem our then outstanding TARP Preferred Stock.

For further information, see Note 13 - Borrowings.

Contractual Obligations 

We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations, which require future cash payments. For 
further information on each item, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant 
Accounting Standards, Note 9 - Premises and Equipment, Note 12 - Deposit Accounts and Note 13 - Borrowings. 

The following table summarizes contractual obligations at December 31, 2017, and the future periods in which the 

obligations are expected to be settled in cash:

Less than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

(Dollars in millions)

More than
5 Years

Total

Deposits without stated maturities
Certificates of deposits
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Senior notes
Trust preferred securities
Operating leases
DOJ litigation settlement
Other
Total

$

$
$

5,663
1,191
4,260
125
—
—
8
—
4
11,251

$

— $

665
—
50
—
—
12
—
6
733

$
$

$
$

— $
29
—
—
247
—
4
—
— $
$
280

— $
29
—
1,230
—
247
2
118
— $
$

1,626

5,663
1,914
4,260
1,405
247
247
26
118
10
13,890

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error; inadequate or failed internal systems and controls; violations of, 

or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as 
market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks. We continuously strive to adapt our system of internal 
controls to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We evaluate internal systems, processes, and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not 

experienced any material losses. The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk techniques and 
strategies, minimize operational and fraud losses, and enhance our overall performance.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations. We have a nationwide 

mortgage lending presence through a network of brokers, correspondents and retail locations, as well as employees, customers 
and loans collateralized by properties across the country. As such, events that occurred in 2017 like Hurricanes Harvey and 
Irma, as well as the California wildfires have the potential to impact our business. Based on our assessment of the impact from 
these events, the damages and any credit impact from the hurricanes and wildfires was not significant and we believe our 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
allowance coverage levels established at December 31, 2017 were adequate to cover any exposure we might have to further 
credit risk. 

Loans with government guarantees 

Substantially all of our loans with government guarantees continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. 

Department of Veterans Affairs and management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. 
Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from 
the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent, which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. Certain loans within our portfolio 
may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which exposes us to limited credit risk. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we experienced net charge-offs of $4 million and have reserved for the 

remaining risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages. These charge-offs arise due 
to insurance limits on VA insured loans and FHA property foreclosure and preservation requirements that may result in a loss in 
excess of all, or part of, the guarantee. 

Our loans with government guarantees portfolio totaled $271 million at December 31, 2017, as compared to $365 

million at December 31, 2016. The decrease is primarily due to loans transferred to LHFS and resold to Ginnie Mae out-pacing 
new purchases.

For further information, see Note 5 - Loans with Government Guarantees.

Representation and warranty reserve 

When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers, including 

sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers (primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac). 

The representation and warranty benefit of $13 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was consistent with 
our sustained low levels of repurchase experience, low repurchase pipeline and the clear framework provided by the Agencies. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we had $15 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $7 million 

in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we had $19 million in Fannie Mae new 
repurchase demands and $13 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. The total UPB of 2009 and later vintage loans 
sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac was $202 million and $183 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 
respectively. 

For further information, see Note 14 - Representation and Warranty Reserve.

Regulatory Risks

Consent Orders

On September 29, 2014, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB. The Consent Order relates to alleged 
violations of federal consumer financial laws arising from the Bank’s residential first mortgage loan loss mitigation practices 
and default servicing operations dating back to 2011. Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank paid $28 million for 
borrower remediation and $10 million in civil money penalties. The settlement does not involve any admission of wrongdoing 
on the part of the Bank or our employees, directors, officers, or agents. For further information and a complete description of all 
of the terms of the Consent Order, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014.

Supervisory Agreement

On January 28, 2010, we became subject to the Supervisory Agreement, which will remain in effect until terminated, 
modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result 
in the initiation of further enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, 
and could result in additional enforcement actions against us. We have taken actions which we believe are appropriate to 
comply with, and intend to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement. For further 
information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement, please refer to the copy of the 
Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC and included as an exhibit to this filing.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Department of Justice Settlement Agreement

On February 24, 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ under which we made an initial 
payment of $15 million and agreed to make future payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million 
upon meeting all of the following conditions which are evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation 
allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, 
Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in July 2016; and (c) the Bank having a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 11 
percent or greater as filed in the Call Report with the OCC. 

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report first reporting that its Tier 1 

Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment of $25 
million would be due at that time. The next annual payment is only made if all conditions continue to be satisfied otherwise 
payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking 
regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.

The combination of (a) future dividends from the Bank to Bancorp and (b) continued growth in earning assets at the 

Bank are expected to continue to limit the growth rate of the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio, which could have an impact 
on the timing of expected cash flows under the Settlement Agreement.

Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and 
will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of 
the conditions.

Additionally, if the Bank or Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank and Bancorp 
represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets, annual payments would commence twelve months after the 
date of that business combination.

The Settlement Agreement meets the definition of a financial instrument for which we elected the fair value option. 
The fair value of the liability is subject to significant uncertainty and is impacted by forecasted estimates of equity, earnings, 
timing and amount of dividends and growth of the balance sheet and their related impacts on forecasted Tier 1 Leverage Capital 
Ratio. We consider the assumptions a market participant would make to transfer the liability and evaluate multiple possible 
outcomes and our estimates of the likelihood of these outcomes, which may change over time. 

Capital 

Management actively reviews and manages our capital position and strategy. We make adjustments to our balance 

sheet composition taking into consideration potential business risks, regulatory requirements and the flexibility to support 
future growth. We prudently manage our capital position and work with our regulators to ensure that our capital levels are 
appropriate considering our risk profile.

The capital standards we are subject to include requirements contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act as well as 
guidelines reached by Basel III. These risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are intended to measure capital adequacy with 
regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan 
commitments, letters of credit, and recourse arrangements. Our capital ratios are maintained at levels in excess of those 
considered to be "well-capitalized" by regulators. Tier 1 leverage was 8.5 percent at December 31, 2017 providing a 351 basis 
point stress buffer above the minimum level needed to be considered “well-capitalized.”

For additional information on our capital requirements and risks associated with maintaining them, see Item 1. 

Business, Item 1A. Risk Factors and Note 20 - Regulatory Capital.

In addition, banks with assets greater than $10 billion are required to submit a DFAST under the final rules established 

by their primary regulator. DFAST requires banks to project results over a nine-quarter planning horizon under three scenarios 
(baseline, adverse, and severely adverse) published by the Federal Reserve and to show that the bank would exceed regulatory 
minimum capital standards under all three scenarios. Our most recent DFAST results demonstrated a robust capital position that 
supports our business and also provides a significant opportunity for continued growth. For additional information on our 
DFAST requirements, see Item 1. Business. 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital rules also limit capital distributions if certain capital ratios are not maintained. The OCC regulates all capital 

distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. Capital 
distributions must be approved by the OCC prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by the board of directors of the 
proposed capital distribution. Per Federal Reserve requirements, the Bank must provide a 30-day notice to the Federal Reserve 
prior to declaring or paying dividends and under the Supervisory Agreement, the Company agreed to request prior non-
objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions. For further information related to the Bank's 
payment of dividends, see Item 1. Business and MD&A - Liquidity Risk.

We believe our capital and liquidity supports our strategy to continue to grow our balance sheet and create additional 
shareholder value. The strengthening of our balance sheet demonstrates our ability to grow diversified earning assets that are 
high quality with few nonperforming loans and a low level of delinquencies. In addition, our outsized capital generation and 
robust capital structure, which includes significant trapped capital, allows for continued growth and under the proposed Capital 
Simplification rules, we expect to release trapped capital which will add to our already strong capital levels. Our balance sheet 
provides ample liquidity as we have highly liquid assets in our government-backed securities, loans held for sale from our 
mortgage business, and warehouse loans. Finally, there are abundant sources of additional liquidity, and we believe that our 
recent branch acquisition and continued growth in our subservicing business provides ample opportunities to generate deposit 
funding for additional loan growth. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes non-GAAP financial measures such as 

the estimated fully implemented Basel III capital levels and ratios, tangible book value per share, adjusted net income, and 
adjusted net income per share. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to 
investors in helping to understand the underlying performance and trends of the Company.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, which are not required to be uniformly applied and are not 

audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious with respect to the use of such measures. To 
mitigate these limitations, we have practices in place to ensure that these measures are calculated using the appropriate GAAP 
or regulatory components in their entirety and to ensure that our performance is properly reflected to facilitate consistent 
period-to-period comparisons. Our method of calculating these non-GAAP measures may differ from methods used by other 
companies. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors' understanding of 
our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for those 
financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the most directly 
comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP or 
regulatory financial measure, can be found in this report.

Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 + Allowance for Loan Losses. The ratio of nonperforming assets to Tier 1 and ALLL 
divides the total level of nonperforming LHFI assets by Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets), as defined by bank regulations, 
plus ALLL. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy used by investors, regulators, 
management and others to evaluate the adequacy of capital in comparison to other companies within the industry. 

Nonperforming assets
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)
Allowance for loan losses
Tier 1 capital + ALLL
Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 capital + ALLL

At December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

$

$

37
1,442
(140)
1,582

$

$

 (Dollars in millions)

54
1,256
(142)
1,398

$

$

83
1,435
(187)
1,622

$

$

139
1,184
(297)
1,481

$

$

2.4%

3.9%

5.1%

9.5%

182
1,281
(207)
1,488
12.5%

58

 
 
 
 
 
Tangible book value per share. The Company believes that tangible book value per share provides a meaningful 

representation of its operating performance on an ongoing basis. Management uses this measure to assess performance of the 
Company against its peers and evaluate overall performance. The Company believes this non-GAAP financial measure 
provides useful information for investors, securities analysts and others because it provides a tool to evaluate the Company’s 
performance on an ongoing basis and compared to its peers.

Total stock holders' equity

Preferred stock

Goodwill and intangibles

Tangible book value

Number of common shares outstanding

Tangible book value per share

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

At December 31,

 (Dollars in millions)

1,399

$

1,336

$

1,529

$

1,373

$

1,426

—

21

—

—

267

—

267

—

266

—

1,378

$

1,336

$

1,262

$

1,106

$

1,160

57,321,228

56,824,802

56,483,258

56,332,307

56,138,074

24.04

$

23.50

$

22.33

$

19.64

$

20.66

$

$

$

Adjusted earnings and adjusted diluted earnings per share. The Company believes that adjusted earnings and 

adjusted earnings per share provides a meaningful representation of its operating performance. Management uses this measure 
to assess performance of the Company against its peers and evaluate overall performance. The Company believes this non-
GAAP financial measure provides useful information for investors, securities analysts and others because it provides a tool to 
evaluate the Company’s performance on an ongoing basis and compared to its peers.

Net income (loss)

Adjustment to remove DOJ adjustment

Tax impact of DOJ adjustment

Adjustment to remove tax reform impact

Adjusted net income

Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends (1)

Adjusted net income applicable to common
stockholders

Weighted average diluted common shares

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

$

$

$

$

$

Three Months Ended

Year Ended

December 31,
2017

September 30,
2017

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

 (Dollars in millions)

(45) $

—

—

80

35

—

$

$

$

40

—

—

—

40

—

$

$

28

—

—

—

28

—

$

63

—

—

80

143

$

—

35

$

40

$

28

$

143

$

171

(24)

8

—

155

(18)

137

58,311,881

58,186,593

57,824,854

58,178,343

57,597,667

0.60

$

(0.79) $

0.70

0.70

$

$

0.49

0.49

$

$

2.47

1.09

$

$

2.38

2.66

(1)  Under the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock, we elected to defer dividends beginning with the February 2012 dividend. In July 2016, we ended 

the deferral and brought current our previously deferred dividends and redeemed the stock. 

59

 
 
Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in) reconciliation. On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became 
effective, subject to transition provisions primarily related to regulatory deductions and adjustments impacting common equity 
Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 capital. We have transitioned to the Basel III framework beginning in January 2015 and are subject to a 
phase-in period extending through 2018. Accordingly, the calculations provided below are estimates. These measures are 
considered to be non-GAAP financial measures because they are not formally defined by GAAP and the Basel III 
implementation regulations will not be fully phased-in until January 1, 2019. The federal banking regulators have issued a 
series of new proposals regarding regulatory capital which may freeze or eliminate most of the transitional rules. The 
regulations are subject to change as clarifying guidance becomes available and the calculations currently include our 
interpretations of the requirements including informal feedback received through the regulatory process. Other entities may 
calculate the Basel III ratios differently from ours based on their interpretation of the guidelines. Since analysts and banking 
regulators may assess our capital adequacy using the Basel III framework, we believe that it is useful to provide investors 
information enabling them to assess our capital adequacy on the same basis.

Flagstar Bancorp

December 31, 2017

Common Equity
Tier 1 (to Risk
Weighted
Assets)

Tier 1 Leverage
(to Adjusted
Tangible Assets)

Tier 1 Capital
(to Risk
Weighted
Assets)

 (Dollars in millions)

Total Risk-
Based Capital
(to Risk-
Weighted
Assets)

Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully
phased-in)
Basel III (transitional)
Increased deductions related to DTAs, MSRs, and other capital
components
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital

Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully
phased-in)
Basel III assets (transitional)
Net change in assets
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets
Capital ratios
Basel III (transitional)
Basel III (fully phased-in)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,216

(16)
1,200

10,579
(2)
10,577

11.50%
11.35%

$

$

$

$

1,442

(1)
1,441

16,951
(1)
16,950

8.51%
8.50%

1,442

(1)
1,441

10,579
(2)
10,577

13.63%
13.62%

Flagstar Bank

December 31, 2017

Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully
phased-in)
Basel III (transitional)
Increased deductions related to DTAs, MSRs, and other capital
components
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital

Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully
phased-in)
Basel III assets (transitional)
Net change in assets
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets
Capital ratios
Basel III (transitional)
Basel III (fully phased-in)

Common Equity
Tier 1 (to Risk
Weighted
Assets)

Tier 1 Leverage
(to Adjusted
Tangible Assets)

Tier 1 Capital
(to Risk
Weighted
Assets)

 (Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

1,531

(1)
1,530

10,589
(1)
10,588

14.46%
14.45%

$

$

$

$

1,531

(1)
1,530

16,934
(1)
16,933

9.04%
9.04%

1,531

(1)
1,530

10,589
(1)
10,588

14.46%
14.45%

$

$

$

$

60

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,576

(2)
1,574

10,579
(2)
10,577

14.90%
14.88%

Total Risk-
Based Capital
(to Risk-
Weighted
Assets)

1,664

—
1,664

10,589
(1)
10,588

15.72%
15.71%

 
Accounting and Reporting Developments

For further information of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on our Consolidated 

Financial Statements, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting 
Standards.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and reflect general practices 

within our industry. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, 
and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards. Some of our significant accounting policies require complex judgments and 
estimates to determine values of assets and liabilities. The more judgmental, uncertain and complex estimates are further 
discussed below. These estimates are based on information available to management as of the date of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, future financial statements could reflect different estimates or 
judgments.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALLL represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in our LHFI portfolio. The ALLL is 
sensitive to a variety of internal factors, such as the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, TDR volume, net charge-off 
experience, as well as external factors, such as, property values, the general health of the economy, unemployment rates, 
bankruptcy filings, peer data, etc. Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing 
the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the 
originally estimated amounts.

The ALLL includes a component related to specifically identified TDR and NPL loans and a model based component. 
For further discussion on the methodologies used in determining our allowance, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of 
Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards.

Specifically identified component

The specifically identified component of the ALLL related to performing TDR loans is generally measured as the 

difference between the recorded investment in the specific loan and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, 
discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. Estimating the timing and amounts of future cash flow projections is 
highly judgmental and based upon assumptions including default rates, prepayment probability and loss severities. All of these 
estimates and assumptions require significant management judgment and certain assumptions are highly subjective.

Specifically identified collateral dependent NPL loans are generally measured as the difference between the recorded 
investment in the impaired loan and the underlying collateral value less estimated costs to sell. These estimates are dependent 
on third party property valuations which may be influenced by factors such as the current and future level of home prices, the 
duration of current overall economic conditions, and other macroeconomic and portfolio-specific factors. 

Model based component

The model-based component of the ALLL is calculated on our consumer and commercial LHFI portfolio by applying 

average historical loss rates experienced during an identified look back period to outstanding principal balances over an 
estimated loss emergence period. For portfolios that do not have adequate loss experience and purchased portfolios, we utilize 
peer loss data in determining the ALLL. The loss emergence period represents the time period between the date at which the 
loss is estimated to have been incurred and the ultimate realization of that loss (by a charge-off). Estimated loss emergence 
periods may vary by product and may change over time; management applies judgment in estimating loss emergence periods, 
using available credit information and trends. 

The historical loss model calculation is then adjusted by taking factors into consideration, such as current economic 

events that have occurred but may not yet be reflected in the historical loss estimates and model imprecision. These adjustments 
are determined by analyzing the historical loss experience for each major product segment and its underlying credit 
characteristics. It is difficult to predict whether historical loss experience is indicative of future loss levels, therefore, 
management applies judgment in making adjustments deemed necessary based on the following factors: changes in lending 
policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
changes in lending management, changes in credit quality statistics, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes 
in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the potential impact of payment recasts, changes in 
concentrations of credit, and other internal or external factor changes. The application of different inputs into the model 
calculation and the assumptions used by management to adjust the model calculation are subject to significant management 
judgment and may result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based on quoted market prices in an active 
market, or if market prices are not available, is estimated using models employing techniques such as matrix pricing or 
discounting expected cash flows. 

The significant assumptions used in the models are independently verified against observable market data where 

possible. Where observable market data is not available, the estimate of fair value becomes more subjective and involves a high 
degree of judgment. In this circumstance, fair value is estimated based on our judgment regarding the value that market 
participants would assign to the asset or liability. Therefore, the results cannot be determined with precision and may not be 
realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability. Additionally, there are inherent limitations to any 
valuation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash 
flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future values.

A portion of our assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. 
The majority of these assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, however, certain assets are measured 
at fair value on a nonrecurring basis based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment which is largely dependent on the amount of observable 

market information available to perform the valuation. Instruments classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy indicate 
that valuations are determined using internally developed methods and models that utilize significant unobservable inputs. 
Judgments used in these valuations are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments 
classified within Levels 1 and 2. 

The following table presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a 
recurring basis, and the amounts classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, which primarily include MSRs, the DOJ 
settlement liability, and contingent consideration on acquisitions:

December 31, 2017

Total Balance

Level 3

Assets carried at fair value
As a percentage of total assets
Liabilities carried at fair value
As a percentage of total liabilities

$

$

$

(Dollars in millions)
6,495
38.4%
96
0.6%

$

319
1.9%
85
0.5%

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded. 

Furthermore, while we believe that our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market 
participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect our judgment and may vary across businesses and portfolios.

For further information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements. 

MSRs. When we sell mortgage loans in the secondary market, we frequently retain the right to continue to service 

these loans and earn a servicing fee. At the time the loan is sold on a servicing retained basis, we record the MSR as an asset at 
its fair value. Determining the fair value of MSRs involves a calculation of the present value of a set of market driven and MSR 
specific cash flows. MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices. However, the market price of 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MSRs is generally a function of demand and interest rates. When mortgage interest rates decline, mortgage loan prepayments 
are expected to increase due to increased refinances. If this happens, the income stream from a MSR portfolio is expected to 
decline and the fair value of the portfolio will decline. Similarly, when mortgage interest rates increase, mortgage loan 
prepayments tend to slow and therefore the value of the MSR tends to increase. The fair value of the MSR is also sensitive to 
market implied interest rate volatility for which an increase has a negative impact on the value of the MSR and a decline has a 
positive impact on the value of the MSR. Accordingly, we must make assumptions about future interest rates, market implied 
interest rate volatility and other market conditions in order to estimate the current fair value of our MSR portfolio. In certain 
circumstances, based on the probability of the completion of a sale of MSRs pursuant to a bona-fide purchase offer, we consider 
the bid price of that offer and identifiable transaction costs in comparison to the calculated fair value and may adjust the 
estimate of fair value to reflect the terms of the pending transaction. 

On an ongoing basis, we compare our fair value estimates based on both unobservable inputs and market inputs, to an 

MSR benchmark assumption survey. On a quarterly basis, our MSR valuation is compared to two independent valuations 
performed by third parties. 

DOJ litigation settlement. We elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the remaining future 

payments. We use a discounted cash flow model to determine the current fair value. The model utilizes our forecast and 
considers multiple scenarios and possible outcomes that impact the timing of the additional payments, which are discounted 
using a risk free rate adjusted for non-performance risk that represents our credit risk. These scenarios are probability weighted, 
based on our judgment, and consider the view of an independent market participant to estimate the most likely fair value of the 
liability. For further information, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

For further information regarding the valuation of our financial instruments, including those that utilize unobservable 

inputs, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards and Note 
22 - Fair Value Measurements. For further information and sensitivities related to the valuation of our MSR asset, see Note 10 - 
Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements. For further information regarding the valuation of our DOJ 
liability, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

A discussion regarding our management of market risk is included in "Market Risk" in this report in Part II, Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

63

 
 
 
 
ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting 
Standards
Note 2 - Investment Securities
Note 3 - Loans Held-for-Sale
Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment
Note 5 - Loans with Government Guarantees
Note 6 - Repossessed Assets
Note 7 - Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs")
Note 8 - Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Note 9 - Premises and Equipment
Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights
Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments
Note 12 - Deposit Accounts
Note 13 - Borrowings
Note 14 - Representation and Warranty Reserve
Note 15 - Warrants
Note 16 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Note 17 - Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Note 18 - Stock-Based Compensation
Note 19 - Income Taxes
Note 20 - Regulatory Matters
Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments
Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements
Note 23 - Segment Information
Note 24 - Holding Company Only Financial Statements
Note 25 - Quarterly Financial Data

65
67
68

69

69
70
71

71
79
81
81
88
88
89
89
89
90
92
95
96
97
98
98
99
100
102
104
105
107
116
119
122

64

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive 
income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including 
the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express 
opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects. 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated 
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

65

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Detroit, Michigan
March 12, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015. 

66

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In millions, except share data)

Assets

Cash

Interest-earning deposits

Total cash and cash equivalents

Investment securities available-for-sale

Investment securities held-to-maturity

Loans held-for-sale ($4,300 and $3,145 measured at fair value, respectively)

Loans held-for-investment ($12 and $72 measured at fair value, respectively)

Loans with government guarantees

Less: allowance for loan losses

Total loans held-for-investment and loans with government guarantees, net

Mortgage servicing rights

Net deferred tax asset

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

Premises and equipment, net

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Noninterest bearing deposits

Interest bearing deposits

Total deposits

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances

Other long-term debt

Representation and warranty reserve

Other liabilities ($60 and $60 measured at fair value, respectively)

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ Equity

December 31,

2017

2016

$

122

$

82

204

1,853

939

4,321

7,713

271

(140)

7,844

291

136

303

330

691

16,912

2,049

6,885

8,934

4,260

1,405

494

15

405

$

$

$

$

84

74

158

1,480

1,093

3,177

6,065

365

(142)

6,288

335

286

180

275

781

14,053

2,077

6,723

8,800

1,780

1,200

493

27

417

15,513

12,717

Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 and 70,000,000 shares authorized; 57,321,228 and
56,824,802 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

Additional paid in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

1

1,512

(16)

(98)

1,399

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

16,912

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

1

1,503

(7)

(161)

1,336

14,053

67

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)

Interest Income

Loans

Investment securities

Interest-earning deposits and other

Total interest income

Interest Expense

Deposits

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances

Other long-term debt

Total interest expense

Net interest income

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

Net interest income after provision (benefit) for loan losses

Noninterest Income

Net gain on loan sales

Loan fees and charges

Deposit fees and charges

Loan administration income

Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights

Representation and warranty benefit

Other noninterest income

Total noninterest income

Noninterest Expense

Compensation and benefits

Commissions

Occupancy and equipment

Loan processing expense

Legal and professional expense

Other noninterest expense

Total noninterest expense

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Net income per share

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

Diluted

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

446

$

348

$

80

1

527

52

36

24

25

137

390

6

384

268

82

18

21

22

13

46

470

299

72

103

57

30

82

643

211

148

63

1.11

1.09

$

$

$

68

1

417

46

5

27

16

94

323

(8)

331

316

76

22

18

(26)

19

62

487

269

55

85

55

29

67

560

258

87

171

2.71

2.66

$

$

$

$

$

$

295

59

1

355

42

1

18

7

68

287

(19)

306

288

67

25

26

28

19

17

470

237

39

81

52

36

91

536

240

82

158

2.27

2.24

57,093,868

58,178,343

56,569,307

57,597,667

56,426,977

57,164,523

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

68

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 (In millions)

Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Investment securities
Derivatives and hedging activities

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Comprehensive income

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

63

$

(10)
1
(9)
54

$

171

$

(13)
4
(9)
162

$

158

(3)
(3)
(6)
152

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
 (In millions, except share data)

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

Amount of 
Preferred
Stock

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

Amount of 
Common
Stock

Additional
Paid in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit)

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2014

266,657 $

Net income
Total other comprehensive
income (loss)
Accretion of preferred stock
Stock-based compensation
Balance at December 31, 2015

Net income
Total other comprehensive
income (loss)
Preferred stock redemption
Dividends on preferred stock
Warrant exercise
Stock-based compensation
Balance at December 31, 2016

Net income
Total other comprehensive
income (loss)
Shares issued from Employee
Stock Purchase Plan

Warrant exercise

Stock-based compensation
Balance at December 31, 2017

—

—

—
—

266,657 $
— $

—

(266,657)
—
—
—

— $
— $

—

—

—

—
— $

56,332,307 $

1 $

267
—

—

—
—

267
—

—

(267)
—
—
—

—

150,951
—

56,483,258 $
— $

—

—
—
—
341,544

1,482 $
—

—

3
1

—

—

—
—

1 $
— $

1,486 $
— $

—

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
6
11

— 56,824,802 $
— $
—

1 $
— $

1,503 $
— $

—

—

—

—

48,032

154,313

294,081

—
— 57,321,228 $

—

—

—

—

1 $

—

—

4

8 $

—

(6)

—
—

2 $
— $

(9)

—
—
—
—

(7) $
— $

(9)

—

—

(385) $
158

1,373
158

—

—
—

(227) $
171 $

—

—
(105)
—
—

(161) $
63 $

—

—

—

(6)

3
1

1,529
171

(9)

(267)
(105)
6
11

1,336
63

(9)

—

4

5
1,512 $

—
(16) $

—
(98) $

5
1,399

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)

For the Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

$

63

$

171

$

Operating Activities

Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Representation and warranty (benefit)

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

Changes in valuation allowance on DTAs

Net gain on loan and asset sales

Proceeds from sales of HFS

Origination, premium paid and purchase of loans, net of principal repayments

Change in fair value and other non-cash changes

Net change in:

Accrued interest receivable

Deferred income taxes

Other assets, excludes purchase of other investments
Other liabilities
Net cash (used in) operating activities

Investing Activities

Proceeds from sale of AFS securities including loans that have been securitized
Collection of principal on investment securities AFS
Purchase of investment securities AFS and other
Collection of principal on investment securities HTM
Purchase of investment securities HTM and other
Proceeds received from the sale of LHFI
Net origination, purchase, and principal repayments of LHFI
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
Net purchase of FHLB stock
Acquisition of premises and equipment, net of proceeds
Proceeds from the sale of MSRs
Other, net

Net cash provided by investing activities

Financing Activities

Net change in deposit accounts
Net change in short term FHLB borrowings and other short-term debt
Proceeds from increases in FHLB long-term advances and other debt
Repayment of long-term FHLB advances
Repayment of trust preferred securities and long-term debt
Net receipt of payments of loans serviced for others
Preferred stock dividends
Redemption of preferred stock
Net receipt (disbursement) of escrow payments
Other

Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
Ending cash and cash equivalents

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

40

(13)

6

—

(268)

9,245

(34,235)

(280)

(11)

150

54
(42)
(25,291) $

$

24,646
218
(904)
154
—
104
(1,760)
(50)
(123)
(97)
309

(3) $
$

22,494

134
2,480
255
(50)
—
22
—
—
3
(1)
2,843
46
158
204

$

$

$

32

(19)

(8)

2

(314)

16,168

(32,295)

(168)

(1)

76

(59)
55
(16,360) $

$

17,422
187
(680)
190
(15)
229
(1,054)
(85)
(10)
(52)
69
— $
$

16,201

866
(336)
445
(425)
—
(64)
(105)
(267)
(5)
—
109
(50)
208
158

$

$

$

Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings
Income tax payments
Non-cash reclassification of investment securities AFS to HTM
Non-cash reclassification of LHFI to LHFS
Non-cash reclassification of mortgage loans HFS to HFI
Non-cash reclassification of mortgage LHFS to AFS securities
Non-cash reclassification of loans with government guarantees to other assets
MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans

$
$
— $
$
$
$
— $
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

$
$
— $
$
131
$
1
$
24,345
— $
$

1,331
2
17,130

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

112
7

136
5

288

228

70

158

24

(19)

(19)

11

(288)

18,467

(28,008)

(132)

(8)

67

211
(11)
(9,547)

9,098
218
(1,148)
85
(217)
946
(3,106)
(175)
(15)
(46)
245
—
5,885

866
1,902
1,500
(375)
(88)
(76)
—
—
5
—
3,734
72
136
208

58
6
1,112
1,140
30
8,853
373
260

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., is a savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. The Company's business is primarily 
conducted through its principal subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"), a federally chartered stock savings bank founded 
in 1987. We are one of the largest banks headquartered in Michigan. When we refer to "Flagstar", "the Company", "we", "our", 
or "us," we mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
("Federal Reserve"). The Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC of the U.S. Department of the 
Treasury, the CFPB and the FDIC. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis and its deposits are insured by the FDIC 
through the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accounting and financial reporting policies of us and our subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally 

accepted in the United States. Additionally, where applicable the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines 
prescribed by regulatory authorities. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period 
presentation. The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements, requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures of contingent assets 
and liabilities. Actual results could be materially different from these estimates. 

Subsequent Events

We have evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through the filing date of this Form 

10-K. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from correspondent banks and the FRB, and short-term 

investments that have a maturity at the date of acquisition of three months or less and are readily convertible to cash.

Investment Securities

We measure securities classified as AFS at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in other 

comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. We recognize realized gains and losses on AFS securities when securities 
are sold. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Any gains or losses realized upon the sale of 
a security are reported in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of investment 
securities is based on observable market prices, when available. If observable market prices are not available, our valuations are 
based on alternative methods, including: quotes for similar fixed-income securities, matrix pricing, or discounted cash flow 
methods. The fair values, obtained through an independent third party utilizing a pricing service, are compared to independent 
pricing sources on a quarterly basis. For further information, see Note 2 - Investment Securities and Note 22 - Fair Value 
Measurements.

Investment securities HTM are carried at amortized cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of 

discounts using the interest method. Transfers of investment securities into the HTM category from the AFS category are 
accounted for at fair value at the date of transfer. Any related unrealized holding gain (loss), net of tax, that was included in the 
transfer is retained in other comprehensive income (loss) and is amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the 
remaining life of the securities. 

We evaluate AFS and HTM investment securities for OTTI on a quarterly basis. An OTTI is considered to have 

occurred when the fair value of a debt security is below its amortized costs and we (1) have the intent to sell the security, (2) 
will more likely than not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, or (3) does not expect to recover 
the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Investments that have an OTTI are written down through a charge to earnings for 
the amount representing the credit loss on the security. Gains and losses related to all other factors are recognized in other 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

comprehensive income (loss). For the years ended December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2017, we did not recognize any 
OTTI losses.

Investment securities transactions are recorded on the trade date for purchases and sales. Interest earned on investment 

securities, including the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts are determined using the effective interest 
method over the period of maturity, recorded in interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For further 
information, see Note 2 - Investment Securities.

Loans Held-for-Sale

We classify loans as LHFS when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value 
option for the majority of our LHFS. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities 
backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of 
interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. LHFS that are recorded at lower of cost or fair 
value may be carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when the fair value is less than cost. For further information, see Note 
22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Loans that are transferred into the LHFS portfolio from the LHFI portfolio, due to a change in intent, are recorded at 

the lower of cost or fair value. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined using the specific identification 
method.

Loans Held-for-Investment 

We classify loans that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity as LHFI. Loans 

held-for-investment are reported at their amortized cost, which includes the outstanding principal balance adjusted for any 
unamortized premiums, discounts, deferred fees and costs. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and non-refundable 
loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, are deferred and recognized over the 
estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the loans’ effective yield, which is included in interest income on loans 
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Loans originally classified as LHFS, for which we have elected the fair value option, and subsequently transferred to 

LHFI continue to be measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. Changes in fair value are recorded to other 
noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of these loans is determined using the same 
methods described above for LHFS. For further information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

When loans originally classified as LHFS or as LHFI are reclassified due to a change in intent or ability to hold, cash 

flows associated with the loans are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as operating or investing, as 
appropriate, in accordance with the initial classification of the loans.

Past Due and Impaired Loans

Loans are considered to be past due when any payment of principal or interest is 30 days past the scheduled payment 

date. While it is the goal of management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or 
modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily 
resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations 
and minimize losses incurred by the bank. 

We cease the accrual of interest on all classes of consumer and commercial loans upon the earlier of, becoming 90 

days past due, or when doubt exists as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest (classified as nonaccrual or 
nonperforming loans). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed and the loan may 
only return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible. 

Loans are considered impaired if it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance 
with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement or when any portion of principal or interest is 90 days past due. This 
classification includes both performing and nonperforming modified loans. For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-
for-Investment.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

When a loan is considered impaired, the accrual of interest income is discontinued until the receipt of principal and 
interest is no longer in doubt. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans using a cost recovery method unless amounts 
contractually due are not in doubt. Cash received on impaired loans are applied entirely against principal until the loan has been 
collected in full, after which time any additional cash receipts are recognized as interest income. 

Loan Modifications (Troubled Debt Restructurings)

We may modify certain loans in both our consumer and commercial loan portfolios to retain customers or to maximize 

collection of the outstanding loan balance. We have programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or 
reducing the borrower's contractual payments. All loan modifications are made on a case-by-case basis. Our standards relating 
to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral 
valuations. TDRs result in those instances in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulty and for which a concession has 
been granted, which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness 
and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loans are 
classified as nonperforming TDRs if the loan was nonperforming prior to the restructuring, or based upon the results of a 
contemporaneous credit evaluation. Such loans will continue on nonaccrual status until the borrower has established a 
willingness and ability to make the restructured payments for at least six months, after which they will be classified as 
performing TDRs and begin to accrue interest. Performing and nonperforming TDRs remain impaired as interest and principal 
will not be received in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as 

modified, but may give rise to potential incremental losses. We measure impairments using a discounted cash flow method for 
performing TDRs and measure impairment based on collateral values for nonperforming TDRs.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable losses in our LHFI portfolio, excluding 

loans carried under the fair value option. We establish an allowance when (a) available information indicates that it is probable 
that a loss has occurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The allowance provides for probable losses 
that have been identified with specific customer relationships (individually evaluated) and for probable losses believed to be 
inherent in the loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified (collectively evaluated). Management assigns 
qualitative factors to each loan portfolio segment based on consideration of the following factors: changes in lending policies 
and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, changes in 
lending management, changes in credit quality statistics, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value 
of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, changes in concentrations of credit, and other internal or external factor 
changes. 

A specific allowance is established on impaired loans when it is probable all amounts due will not be collected 
pursuant to the original contractual terms of the loan and the recorded investment in the loan exceeds its fair value. The required 
allowance is measured using either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest 
rate or the fair value of the collateral less estimated disposal costs if the loan is collateral dependent. 

A general allowance is established for losses inherent on non-impaired loans by segmenting the portfolio based upon 

common risk characteristics. The general loss is then determined by using a historical loss model which utilizes our loss history 
by specific product, or if the product is not sufficiently seasoned, per readily available industry peer loss data. The loss model 
utilizes a loss emergence period that represents the average amount of time between when the loss event first occurs and when 
the specific loan is charged-off. In addition to the loss history or peer data, we also include a qualitative adjustment that 
considers economic risks, industry and geographic concentrations and other factors not adequately captured in our 
methodology.

Consumer loans secured by real estate are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral when a loss is 

confirmed or at 180 days past due, whichever is sooner. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy 
(unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and the asset 
is the sole source of repayment. For consumer loans not secured by real estate, the charge-off is taken upon the earlier of the 
confirmation of a loss or 120 days past due. 

Commercial loans are evaluated on a loan level basis and either charged-off or written down to net realizable value if a 

loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and that asset is the sole source of 
repayment. 

Transfers of Financial Assets

Our recognition of gain or loss on the sale of loans for which we surrender control is accounted for as a sale to the 

extent that 1) the transferred assets are legally isolated from us or our consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other 
receivership, 2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets with no conditions that constrain the transferee and 
provide more than a trivial benefit to the Company, and 3) we do not maintain the obligation or unilateral ability to reclaim or 
repurchase the assets. If the sale criteria are met, the transferred financial assets are removed from the Consolidated Statements 
of Financial Condition and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. 

Variable Interest Entities 

An entity that has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity ("VIE") is referred to as the primary 

beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. An entity is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary 
of a VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic 
performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. 
For further information, see Note 7 - Variable Interest Entities.

Repossessed Assets

Repossessed assets include one-to-four family residential property, commercial property and one-to-four family homes 
under construction that were acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Repossessed assets are 
initially recorded in other assets at the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Losses arising from the 
initial acquisition of such properties are charged against the ALLL at the time of transfer. Subsequent valuation adjustments to 
reflect fair value, as well as gains and losses on disposal of these properties, are charged to other noninterest expense within 
noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as incurred. For further information, see Note 6 - 
Repossessed Assets and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Loans with Government Guarantees

We originate government guaranteed loans which are pooled and sold as Ginnie Mae MBS. Pursuant to Ginnie Mae 

servicing guidelines, we have the unilateral right to repurchase loans 90 days or more past due securitized in Ginnie Mae pools. 
As a result, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, 
we account for the loans as if they had been repurchased. We recognize the loans and corresponding liability as loans with 
government guarantees and other liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. If the loan is 
repurchased, the liability is cash settled and the loan with government guarantee remains. Once repurchased, we may collect 
losses through a claims process with the government agency, as an approved lender.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

We own stock in the FHLB of Indianapolis as required to permit us to obtain membership in and to borrow from the 

FHLB. No market quotes exist for the stock. The stock is redeemable at par and is carried at cost.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Land is carried at historical cost. 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets which generally ranges from three 
to thirty years. Capitalized software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life, which generally ranges from three 
to seven years. Software expenditures, repair and maintenance costs that are considered general, administrative, or of a 
maintenance nature are expensed as incurred. 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

We purchase and originate mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and sell the loans on either a servicing-
retained or servicing-released basis. If we retain the right to service the loan, an MSR is created at the time of sale which is 
recorded at fair value. We use an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread and other assumptions to 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

determine the fair value of MSRs which include anticipated prepayment speeds (also known as the constant prepayment rate), 
product type (i.e., conventional, government, balloon), fixed or adjustable rate of interest, interest rate, term (i.e., 15 or 
30 years), servicing costs per loan, discount rate and estimate of ancillary income such as late fees and prepayment fees.
Management obtains third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation services to 
assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by our internal valuation model. Changes in the fair value of our mortgage 
servicing rights are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in net return on mortgage servicing. For further 
information, see Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

We periodically enter into agreements to sell certain of our MSRs, which qualify as sales transactions. A transfer of 

servicing rights related to loans previously sold qualifies as a sale at the date on which title passes, if substantially all risks and 
rewards of ownership have irrevocably passed to the transferee and any protection provisions retained by the transferor are 
minor and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, if a sale is recognized and only minor protection provisions exist, a liability 
is accrued for the estimated obligation associated with those provisions. 

Servicing Fee Income

Servicing fee income, late fees and ancillary fees received on loans for which we own the MSR, are included in the net 

return on mortgage servicing asset line of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fees are based on a contractual 
percentage of the outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned. Subservicing fees, which are included in loan 
administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations are based on a contractual monthly amount per loan 
including late fees and other ancillary income. 

Derivatives

We utilize derivative instruments to manage the fair value changes in our MSRs, interest rate lock commitments and 
LHFS portfolio which are exposed to price and interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management, minimize the variability 
of future cash flows on long-term debt, and to meet the needs of our customers. All derivatives are recognized on the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as other assets and liabilities, as applicable, at their estimated fair value. For 
those derivatives designated as qualified cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivatives, to the extent effective as 
a hedge, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, and reclassified into earnings 
concurrently with the earnings of the hedged item. For derivative instruments designated as qualified fair value hedges, which 
are used to hedge the exposure of fair value changes of an asset or liability attributable to a particular risk, the gain or loss on 
the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized 
in current earnings during the period of the change in fair values. For all other derivatives, changes in the fair value of the 
derivative are recognized immediately in earnings. A majority of these derivatives are subject to master netting agreements and 
cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House, which mitigates non-performance risk with counterparties and enables 
us to settle activity on a net basis.

We use interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, and forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the impact of 
fluctuations in interest rates and interest rate volatility on the fair value of the MSRs. These derivatives are not designated as 
qualifying hedges. Accordingly, changes in their fair value are reflected in current period earnings under the net return on 
mortgage servicing asset. These derivatives are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs 
that are observable.

We also enter into various derivative agreements with customers and correspondents in the form of interest-rate lock 

commitments and forward purchase contracts which are commitments to originate or purchase mortgage loans whereby the 
interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. The derivatives are 
valued using internal models that utilize market interest rates and other unobservable inputs. Changes in the fair value of these 
commitments due to fluctuations in interest rates that are to be originated to our LHFS portfolio are economically hedged 
through the use of forward loan sale commitments of MBS. The gains and losses arising from this derivative activity are 
reflected in current period earnings under the net gain on loan sales. Interest rate lock commitments are valued using internal 
models with significant unobservable market parameters. Forward loan sale commitments are valued based on quoted prices for 
similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable.

At certain times we may also enter into various derivative agreements with correspondents in the form of forward 
purchase contracts at the time the correspondent customer enters into an interest-rate lock commitment. The derivatives are 
valued using internal models that utilize market interest rates and other unobservable inputs. 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

We utilize interest rate swaps to hedge the forecasted cash flows from our underlying variable-rate FHLB advances 

and forecasted FHLB advances in qualifying cash flow hedge accounting relationships. Changes in the fair value of derivatives 
designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Condition and reclassified into interest expense concurrently with the interest expense on the debt. Interest rate swaps are 
valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable. These hedges are evaluated 
for effectiveness using regression analysis at the time they are designated and throughout the hedge period. For forecasted 
FHLB advances being hedged, we evaluate the likelihood of the transaction occurring based on the current facts and 
circumstances each reporting period to ensure the hedge relationship still qualifies for hedge accounting. If we de-designate a 
hedge relationship or determine that an interest rate swap no longer qualifies for hedge accounting changes in fair value are no 
longer recorded in other comprehensive income. If the hedged item remains probable to occur, the effective amounts previously 
recorded in other comprehensive income are recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item as an adjustment 
to yield. 

We also utilize interest rate swaps to manage fair value changes of our fixed-rate FHLB advances in a qualifying fair 

value hedge accounting relationship. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, as well as the 
change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in current period earnings. The corresponding adjustment is recorded as 
a basis adjustment to the hedged item and hedging instrument. Interest rate swaps are valued based on quoted prices for similar 
assets in an active market with inputs that are observable. These hedges are evaluated for effectiveness using regression 
analysis at the time they are designated and throughout the hedge period. If the Company determines an interest rate swap no 
longer qualifies for fair value hedge accounting or is de-designated, the hedged item will no longer be adjusted for changes in 
fair value and the amounts previously recorded as a basis adjustment are recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the 
hedged item as an adjustment to yield.

If a previously hedged item is extinguished or sold, the remaining unamortized balance in other comprehensive income 

balance for prior cash flow hedges and the remaining basis adjustment of the hedged item for prior fair value hedges will be 
reclassified to current period earnings.

To assist our customers in meeting their needs to manage interest rate risk, we enter into interest rate swap derivative 
contracts. To economically hedge this risk, we enter into offsetting derivative contracts to effectively eliminate the interest rate 
risk associated with these contracts. 

For additional information regarding the accounting for derivatives, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments 

and for additional information on recurring fair value disclosures, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Income Taxes

We evaluate two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense represents our 

estimated taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective 
tax bases. DTAs and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on DTAs and liabilities of a change in tax rates is 
recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate our DTAs to determine if, based 
on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that they will be realized. If it is determined that it is more likely than not 
that the deferred taxes will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance. For further information, see Note 19 - Income 
Taxes. 

Representation and Warranty Reserve

When we sell mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market, we make customary representations and warranties 

to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of 
underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. For eligible loans sold to the Agencies after 
December 31, 2014, these representations and warranties generally expire after 36 months. Typically, all other representations 
and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to 
either repurchase the loan, pay a fee or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, 
the Company has no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. Upon the sale of a loan, the Company 
recognizes a liability for that guarantee at its fair value as a reduction of our net gain on loan sales. Subsequent to the sale, the 
liability is re-measured on an ongoing basis based upon an estimate of probable future losses. In each case, these estimates are 
based on our most recent data including loss severity on repurchased and indemnified loans, repurchase requests and other 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

factors. Changes to our previous estimates are recorded in the representation and warranty (provision) benefit in the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period they are incurred and are included as part of other noninterest expense in 
the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Advertising expenses totaled $16 million, $11 million, and $9 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

All share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units, are 

classified as equity with expenses being recognized in compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations 
based on their fair values. The amount of compensation is measured at the grant date and is expensed over the requisite service 
period, which is normally the vesting period, and for the year ended December 31, 2017, any forfeitures were recognized as 
they occurred. In addition to share-based payments to employees, the discount provided to employees through the Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan is also recognized as stock-based compensation. For further information, see Note 18 - Stock-Based 
Compensation.

Department of Justice Litigation Settlement 

 The executed settlement agreement with the DOJ representing the obligation to make future additional payments 

establishes a legally enforceable contract with a stipulated payment plan that meets the definition of a financial liability. We 
have elected the fair value option to account for this financial liability included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. For additional information on the valuation of the DOJ litigation settlement, see Note 22 - Fair Value 
Measurements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

We adopted the following accounting standard updates (ASU) during 2017, none of which had a material impact to our 

financial statements:

Standard

Description

ASU 2016-17

Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held Through Related Parties That are Under Common Control

ASU 2016-09

Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

ASU 2016-07

Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of
Accounting

ASU 2016-06 Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments

ASU 2016-05 Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Relationships

Effective Date

January 1, 2017

January 1, 2017

January 1, 2017

January 1, 2017

January 1, 2017

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted

The following ASUs have been issued and are expected to result in a significant change to our significant accounting 

policies and/or have a significant financial impact:

Derivatives and Hedging - In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): 
Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments were designed to more closely align hedge 
accounting requirements with users’ risk management strategies. ASU 2017-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted this ASU during the first quarter of 2018. 
The guidance provides a broader range of hedge accounting opportunities and simplifies documentation requirements for our 
existing cash flow hedge relationships. In conjunction with adoption of this ASU, the Company elected to transfer $144 million 
of investment securities from HTM to AFS during the first quarter of 2018, as permitted by the standard. 

Credit Losses - In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326). The 

ASU alters the current method for recognizing credit losses. Currently, an institution uses the incurred loss method, whereas the 
new guidance requires financial assets to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected (i.e., net of expected credit 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

losses). The measurement of expected credit losses should be based on relevant information about past events, including 
historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported 
amount. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We have established an internal steering 
committee to lead the implementation efforts. The steering committee is in the process of evaluating control and process 
framework, data, model, and resource requirements and areas where modifications will be required. We are currently evaluating 
the impact adoption of the guidance will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements, and highlight that any impact will be 
contingent upon the underlying characteristics of the affected portfolio and macroeconomic and internal forecasts at adoption 
date. 

Leases - In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842): Section A - Leases: Amendments to 

the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Section B - Conforming Amendments Related to Leases: Amendment to the 
FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Section C - Background Information and Basis For Conclusions. Lessees will need 
to recognize substantially all leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. For income statement 
purposes, the FASB retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Classification will be 
based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting. ASU 2016-02 is effective retrospectively 
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The guidance in ASU 2016-02 supersedes 
Topic 840, Leases. Upon adoption and implementation, we expect to gross up assets and liabilities due to the recognition of 
lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with the underlying lease contracts. While we do not expect the adoption of 
the guidance to have a material impact on our Consolidated Statements of Operations given our current inventory of leases, 
review is ongoing and we will continue to evaluate the impact to the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and to 
capital.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts 

with Customers (Topic 606)." Under the amended guidance, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of 
promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration in exchange for those goods or services. 
The FASB continued to release new accounting guidance related to the adoption of this standard which was also evaluated 
during the implementation process. We will implement the revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 utilizing 
the cumulative-effect approach at the date of adoption with no restatement of comparative periods presented. Lease contracts 
and financial instruments, which include loans and securities, are excluded from the scope of this standard. We have determined 
the amount of in scope revenue, which primarily relates to deposit account fees, asset management fees and certain 
commissions, to be less than 3 percent of total revenue. The recognition of revenue for in scope items is not anticipated to have 
a material impact on the financial statements or the associated disclosures.

78

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following ASUs have been issued and are not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial 

Statements and/or significant accounting policies:

ASU 2017-08

ASU 2017-07

ASU 2017-06

Standard

ASU 2018-02

ASU 2017-11

Description

Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220); Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic
815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the
Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain
Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope.

ASU 2017-10

Service Concession Arrangements (Topic 853): Determining the Customer of the Operation Services (a consensus of
the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)

ASU 2017-09 Update 2017-09—Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting

Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable
Debt Securities

Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net
Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

Effective Date

January 1, 2019

January 1, 2019

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2019

January 1, 2018

Plan Accounting - Defined Benefit Pension Plans (Topic 960), Defined Contribution Pension Plans (Topic 962), Health
and Welfare Benefit Plans (Topic 965): Employee Benefit Plan Master Trust Reporting

January 1, 2019

ASU 2017-05 Other Income - Gains and Losses from the De-recognition of Non-financial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the
Scope of Asset De-recognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Non-financial Assets

ASU 2017-04

Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

ASU 2017-01

Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business

ASU 2016-18

Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash

ASU 2016-16

Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory

ASU 2016-15

Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

ASU 2016-04

ASU 2016-01

Liabilities - Extinguishment of Liabilities (Subtopic 504-20): Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-
Value Products

Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2020

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2018

January 1, 2018

Note 2 — Investment Securities

The following table presents our investment securities:

December 31, 2017
Available-for-sale securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential
Municipal obligations
Corporate debt obligations

Total available-for-sale securities (1)

Held-to-maturity securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential

Total held-to-maturity securities (1)

December 31, 2016
Available-for-sale securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential
Municipal obligations

Total available-for-sale securities (1)

Held-to-maturity securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential

Total held-to-maturity securities (1)

Amortized Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,004
811
35
37
1,887

526
413
939

551
913
34
1,498

595
498
1,093

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $
—
—
1
1

$

— $
—
— $

2
1
—
3

$

$

— $

1
1

$

(17) $
(17)
(1)
—
(35) $

(9) $
(6)
(15) $

(5) $
(16)
—
(21) $

(6) $
(4)
(10) $

987
794
34
38
1,853

517
407
924

548
898
34
1,480

589
495
1,084

(1)  There were no securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10 percent of stockholders’ equity 

at December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016.

79

 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management evaluates our securities portfolio each quarter to determine if any security is considered to be other than 

temporarily impaired. In making this evaluation, management considers our ability and intent to hold securities to recover 
current market losses. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had no OTTI.

Available-for-sale securities

We purchased $904 million of AFS securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS, corporate 
debt obligations, and municipal obligations, during the year ended December 31, 2017. We purchased $680 million of AFS 
securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS and municipal obligations during the year ended 
December 31, 2016.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold $289 million of U.S. government sponsored agency securities, 
which resulted in a gain of $3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold $291 million of U.S. government 
sponsored agency securities, which resulted in a gain of $4 million, compared to $170 million of U.S. government sponsored 
agencies, which resulted in a gain of $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Held-to-maturity securities

There were no purchases of HTM securities during the year ended December 31, 2017. We purchased $15 million of 

HTM securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS during the year ended December 31, 2016. We 
purchased $217 million of HTM securities, which included agency-collateralized mortgage obligations during the year ended 
December 31, 2015. We had no sales of HTM securities during the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes, by duration, the unrealized loss positions on investment securities:

December 31, 2017
Available-for-sale securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential
Municipal obligations
Corporate debt obligations
Held-to-maturity securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential

December 31, 2016
Available-for-sale securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential
Municipal obligations

Held-to-maturity securities

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential

Unrealized Loss Position with Duration
12 Months and Over

Unrealized Loss Position with Duration
Under 12 Months

Fair
Value

Number of
Securities

Unrealized
Loss

Fair
Value

Number of
Securities

Unrealized
Loss

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

218
452
6
—

348
111

6
—
—

—
—

$

$

$

20
36
3
—

25
16

1
—
—

— $
—

(7) $
(14)
—
—

(8) $
(3)

— $
—
—

— $
—

744
263
22
3

99
293

345
748
17

528
385

$

$

$

$

41
33
9
1

8
43

29
55
8

34
43

(11)
(3)
—
—

(1)
(3)

(5)
(16)
—

(6)
(4)

The following shows the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity:

December 31, 2017
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through 10 years
Due after 10 years

Total

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Weighted-
Average
Yield 

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Weighted-
Average
Yield 

(Dollars in millions)

10
45
1,832
1,887

$

10
46
1,797
1,853

$

2.58%
4.85%
2.40%

$

35
26
878
939

$

35
26
863
924

2.48%
2.52%
2.44%

We pledge investment securities, primarily municipal taxable and agency collateralized mortgage obligations, to 

collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings. We had pledged investment securities of $2.0 billion, $879 million, and $14 
million at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Note 3 — Loans Held-for-Sale

The majority of our mortgage loans originated as LHFS are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by 

securitizing the loans into agency, government, or private label mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
LHFS totaled $4.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had net 
gains on loan sales associated with LHFS of $267 million, $301 million, and $288 million, respectively. 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $21 million and $32 million, respectively, of LHFS were recorded at lower of cost or 

fair value. The remainder of the loans in the portfolio are recorded at fair value as we have elected the fair value option.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 — Loans Held-for-Investment

The following table presents our Loans-held-for-investment:

Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home Equity
Other

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate (1)
Commercial and industrial
Warehouse lending

Total commercial loans

Total loans held-for-investment

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

2,754
664
25
3,443

1,932
1,196
1,142
4,270
7,713

$

$

2,327
443
28
2,798

1,261
769
1,237
3,267
6,065

(1) 

Includes NBV of $307 million and $244 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 
respectively. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold performing and nonperforming consumer loans, with UPB of $127 

million, of which $25 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and 
subsequently sold resulting in a gain on sale of $2 million which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold performing residential first mortgage loans with UPB of $1.2 

billion. Upon a change of our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a net gain of $14 
million which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans with a 

UPB of $110 million. Upon a change of our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a loss 
of $2 million which is recorded in net gain on sale of assets on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold performing and nonperforming residential first mortgage loans 

with UPB totaling $1.0 billion, of which $436 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were 
transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a gain on sale of $1 million, which is recorded in net gain on sale of 
assets on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we purchased residential first mortgage loans with UPB of $8 million and 
HELOC loans with a UPB of $250 million. A premium of $9 million was associated with these loan purchases. During the year 
ended December 31, 2016, we purchased jumbo residential first mortgage loans with a UPB of $175 million and a premium of 
$1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we purchased $197 million of HELOC loans with a premium of $7 
million. None of the loans were impaired.

We have pledged certain LHFI, LHFS, and loans with government guarantees to collateralize lines of credit and/or 

borrowings with the FRB of Chicago and the FHLB of Indianapolis. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we pledged $7.1 billion 
and $5.3 billion, respectively.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents changes in ALLL, by class of loan:

Residential
First
Mortgage (1)

Home Equity

Other
Consumer

Commercial
Real
Estate

Commercial
and
Industrial

Warehouse
Lending

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Beginning balance ALLL

Charge-offs (2)

Recoveries

Provision (benefit)

Ending balance ALLL

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Beginning balance ALLL

Charge-offs (2)

Recoveries

Provision (benefit) (3)

Ending balance ALLL

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Beginning balance ALLL

Charge-offs

Recoveries

Provision (benefit)

Ending balance ALLL

$

$

$

$

$

$

65

$

24

$

(8)

1

(11)

47

116

(29)

2

(24)

65

234

(87)

3

(34)

$

$

$

$

(3)

2

(1)

22

32

(4)

—

(4)

24

31

(7)

2

6

$

$

$

$

116

$

32

$

(Dollars in millions)

1

$

(2)

28

$

(1)

1

1

1

2

(3)

3

(1)

1

1

(4)

3

2

2

$

$

$

$

$

1

17

45

18

—

1

9

28

17

—

2

$

$

$

$

(1)

18

$

17

—

1

1

19

13

—

—

4

17

11

(3)

—

5

13

$

$

$

$

$

$

7

—

—

(1)

6

6

—

—

1

7

3

—

—

3

6

$

$

$

$

$

$

142

(14)

6

6

140

187

(36)

6

(15)

142

297

(101)

10

(19)

187

(1) 
(2) 

Includes allowance and charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees.
Includes charge-offs of $1 million, $8 million and $69 million related to the transfer and subsequent sale of loans during the years ended 
December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Also includes charge-offs related to loans with government 
guarantees of $4 million, $14 million, and $3 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 
respectively.

(3)  Does not include $7 million for provision expense for loan losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed 

loans with government guarantees at December 31, 2016. 

The following table sets forth the method of evaluation, by class of loan:

Residential
First
Mortgage (1)

Home Equity

Other
Consumer

Commercial
Real
Estate

Commercial
and
Industrial

Warehouse
Lending

Total

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2017
Loans held-for-investment (2)

Individually evaluated

Collectively evaluated

Total loans

Allowance for loan losses (2)

Individually evaluated
Collectively evaluated

Total allowance for loan losses

December 31, 2016

Loans held-for-investment (2)

Individually evaluated
Collectively evaluated

Total loans

Allowance for loan losses (2)

Individually evaluated

Collectively evaluated

Total allowance for loan losses

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

34

2,712

2,746

6

41

47

46

2,274

2,320

5

60

65

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

27

633

660

10

12

22

29

349

378

8

16

24

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

25

25

$

— $

1

1

$

— $

28

28

$

— $

1

1

$

— $

1,932

1,932

$

— $

1,196

1,196

$

— $

1,142

1,142

$

$

— $

45

45

$

— $

1,261

1,261

$

— $

28

28

$

— $

19

19

$

— $

769

769

$

— $

17

17

$

— $

6

6

$

— $

1,237

1,237

$

$

— $

7

7

$

$

61

7,640

7,701

16

124

140

75

5,918

5,993

13

129

142

Includes allowance related to loans with government guarantees. 

(1) 
(2)  Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

83

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the LHFI aging analysis of past due and current loans (for further information on our 
policy past due and impaired loans, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies):

December 31, 2017
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity
Other

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Warehouse lending

Total commercial loans

Total loans (2)
December 31, 2016
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity
Other

Total consumer loans

Commercial loans

Commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Warehouse lending

Total commercial loans

Total loans (2)

30-59 Days
Past Due

60-89 Days
Past Due

90 Days or
Greater Past
Due (1)

Total
Past Due

(Dollars in millions)

Current

Total LHFI

$

$

$

$

2
1
—
3

—
—
—
—
3

6
1
1
8

—
—
—
—
8

$

$

$

$

2
—
—
2

—
—
—
—
2

$

$

— $
2
—
2

—
—
—
—
2

$

23
6
—
29

—
—
—
—
29

29
11
—
40

—
—
—
—
40

$

$

$

$

27
7
—
34

—
—
—
—
34

35
14
1
50

—
—
—
—
50

$

$

$

$

2,727
657
25
3,409

1,932
1,196
1,142
4,270
7,679

2,292
429
27
2,748

1,261
769
1,237
3,267
6,015

$

$

$

$

2,754
664
25
3,443

1,932
1,196
1,142
4,270
7,713

2,327
443
28
2,798

1,261
769
1,237
3,267
6,065

(1) 
(2) 

Includes less than 90 days past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans. 
Includes $4 million and $13 million of loans 90 days or greater past due accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively.

Interest that would have been accrued on impaired loans totaled approximately $1 million, $2 million and $6 million 
during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had no loans 90 
days or greater past due and still accruing interest. 

84

 
 
  
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table provides a summary of TDRs by type and performing status:

December 31, 2017
Consumer loans (1)

Residential first mortgage
Home equity

Total TDRs (2)
December 31, 2016
Consumer loans (1)

Residential first mortgage
Home equity
Total TDRs (2)

TDRs

Performing

Nonperforming

Total

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

19
24
43

22
45
67

$

$

$

$

12
4
16

11
7
18

$

$

$

$

31
28
59

33
52
85

(1)  The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $13 million and $9 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 
(2) 

Includes $3 million and $25 million of TDR loans accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The following table provides a summary of newly modified TDRs: 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Residential first mortgages
Home equity (2)(3)
Total TDR loans

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Residential first mortgages
Home equity (2)(3)
Commercial & Industrial

Total TDR loans

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Residential first mortgages
Home equity (2)(3)
Other consumer

Total TDR loans

New TDRs

Number of
Accounts

Pre-
Modification Unpaid
Principal Balance

Post-
Modification Unpaid
Principal Balance (1)

Increase (Decrease)
in Allowance at
Modification

(Dollars in millions)

16
82
98

23
143
1
167

325
370
3
698

$

$

$

$

$

$

4
6
10

4
9
2
15

81
21
—
102

$

$

$

$

$

$

4
5
9

5
8
1
14

80
18
—
98

$

$

$

$

$

$

—
(1)
(1)

—
—
—
—

(2)
—
—
(2)

(1)  Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.
(2)  Home equity post-modification UPB reflects write downs.
(3) 

Includes loans carried at fair value option.

The following table provides a summary of newly modified TDRs in the past 12 months that have been subsequently 
defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The UPB associated with the TDRs in each portfolio and 
in the aggregate was less than $1 million for all years presented. There was no increase or decrease in the allowance associated 
with these TDRs at subsequent default. All TDRs within consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered subsequently 
defaulted when greater than 90 days past due. Subsequent default is defined as a payment re-defaulted within 12 months of the 
restructuring date:

Residential first mortgages
Home equity (1)

Total TDR loans

(1)  HELOC post-modification UPB reflects write downs.

85

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Number of Accounts

1
0
1

1
7
8

3
5
8  

 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Impaired Loans

The following table presents individually evaluated impaired loans and the associated allowance:  

With no related allowance recorded
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage

Total loans with no related allowance recorded

With an allowance recorded
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity

Total loans with an allowance recorded

Total impaired loans
Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity

Total impaired loans

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Recorded
Investment

Net 
Unpaid 
Principal
Balance

Related
Allowance

Recorded
Investment

(Dollars in millions)

Net 
Unpaid 
Principal
Balance

Related
Allowance

$
$

$

$

$

$

11
11

22
24
46

33
24
57

$
$

$

$

$

$

12
12

22
27
49

34
27
61

$
$

$

$

$

$

— $
— $

6
10
16

6
10
16

$

$

$

$

6
6

40
29
69

46
29
75

$
$

$

$

$

$

6
6

40
29
69

46
29
75

$
$

$

$

$

$

—
—

5
8
13

5
8
13

The following table presents average impaired loans and the interest income recognized:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

38
28

—
66

$

$

1
1

—
2

$

$

52
30

2
84

$

$

1
2

—
3

$

$

150
39

2
191

$

$

5
—

—
5

Consumer loans

Residential first mortgage
Home equity

Commercial loans

Commercial and industrial

Total impaired loans

Credit Quality

We utilize an internal risk rating system which is applied to all consumer and commercial loans. Descriptions of our 
internal risk ratings as they relate to credit quality follow the ratings used by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as listed below.

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.

Watch. Watch assets are defined as pass rated assets that exhibit elevated risk characteristics or other factors that 

deserve management’s close attention and increased monitoring. However, the asset does not exhibit a potential or well-defined 
weakness that would warrant a downgrade to criticized or adverse classification.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving 
management's close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if 
not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future. Special mention assets are criticized, but do not expose an 
institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity 

of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that 
jeopardize the full collection or liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain 
some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For home equity loans and other consumer loans, we evaluate credit quality 
based on the aging and status of payment activity and any other known credit characteristics that call into question full 
repayment of the asset. Nonperforming loans are classified as either substandard, doubtful or loss.

Doubtful. An asset classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added 
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and 
values, highly questionable and improbable. A doubtful asset has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of 
specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as loss is deferred. Doubtful borrowers are usually in 
default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Pending events can 
include mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, capital injections, the perfection of liens on additional collateral, the valuation of 
collateral, and refinancing. Generally, pending events should be resolved within a relatively short period and the ratings will be 
adjusted based on the new information. Due to the high probability of loss, doubtful assets are placed on non-accrual.

Loss. An asset classified as loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that the continuance as a bankable 

asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but, rather 
that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be 
affected in the future.

Consumer Loans

Consumer loans consist of open and closed end loans extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal 

expenditures, and includes consumer loans, and loans to individuals secured by their personal residence, including first 
mortgage, home equity, and home improvement loans. Because consumer loans are usually relatively small-balance, 
homogeneous exposures, consumer loans are rated primarily on payment performance. Payment performance is a proxy for the 
strength of repayment capacity and loans are generally classified based on their payment status rather than by an individual 
review of each loan.

In accordance with regulatory guidance, we assign risk ratings to consumer loans in the following manner:

•  Consumer loans are classified as Watch once the loan becomes 60 days past due.
•  Open and closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due are classified Substandard.

Commercial Loans

Management conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings 
assigned. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/
total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, management experience, business stability, financing 
structure, and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral 
and corresponding LTV. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings results in the final rating for the borrowing 
relationship.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Pass

Watch

Special Mention

Substandard

Total Loans

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2017

Consumer Loans

Residential First Mortgage
Home equity
Other Consumer

Total Consumer Loans

Commercial Loans

Commercial Real Estate
Commercial and Industrial
Warehouse

Total Commercial Loans

Consumer Loans

Residential First Mortgage
Home equity
Other Consumer

Total Consumer Loans

Commercial Loans

Commercial Real Estate
Commercial and Industrial
Warehouse

Total Commercial Loans

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Pass

2,706
633
25
3,364

1,902
1,135
1,014
4,051

2,273
386
28
2,687

1,225
678
1,168
3,071

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Note 5 — Loans with Government Guarantees

23
25
—
48

23
32
128
183

$

$

$

$

— $
—
—
— $

7
24
—
31

$

$

December 31, 2016

Watch

Special Mention

Substandard

(Dollars in millions)

23
46
—
69

27
59
16
102

$

$

$

$

— $
—
—
— $

3
21
53
77

$

$

25
6
—
31

$

$

— $

5
—
5

31
11
—
42

6
11
—
17

$

$

$

$

$

2,754
664
25
3,443

1,932
1,196
1,142
4,270

Total Loans

2,327
443
28
2,798

1,261
769
1,237
3,267

Substantially all loans with government guarantees are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or U.S. Department of 

Veterans Affairs. FHA loans earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the underlying 
loan becomes delinquent, which is not paid by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs until claimed. Certain loans 
within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which exposes us to limited credit risk. We have 
reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, loans with government guarantees totaled $271 million 

and $365 million.

At December 31, 2017, repossessed assets and the associated claims recorded in other assets totaled $84 million and at 

December 31, 2016 repossessed assets and the associated claims were $135 million.

88

 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 — Repossessed Assets

Repossessed assets include the following:

One-to-four family properties
Commercial properties

Total repossessed assets

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

5
3
8

$

$

The following schedule provides the activity for repossessed assets:

Beginning balance
Additions, net
Disposals
Net (write down) gain on disposal
Transfers out

Ending balance

Note 7 — Variable Interest Entities

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

14
18
(14)
(9)
(1)
8

$

$

17
19
(19)
(2)
(1)
14

$

$

11
3
14

19
29
(24)
—
(7)
17

We have no consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. 

We have a continuing involvement, but are not the primary beneficiary for one unconsolidated VIE related to the 
FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust. In accordance with the settlement agreement with MBIA, there is no further 
recourse to us related to FSTAR 2007-1, unless MBIA fails to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the 
FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust included 1,911 loans and 2,453 loans, respectively, with an aggregate principal 
balance of $65 million and $89 million, respectively. We have no other significant VIE involvement.

Note 8 — Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Our investment in FHLB stock was $303 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $180 million at December 31, 
2016. As a member of the FHLB, we are required to hold shares of FHLB stock in an amount equal to at least one percent of 
the aggregate UPB of our mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each year or 4.5 
percent of our total FHLB advances, whichever is greater. Once purchased, FHLB shares must be held for five years before 
they can be redeemed. We had $123 million, $10 million and $57 million in required stock purchases during the year ending 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We had no redemptions of FHLB stock during the years ended December 31, 
2017, and 2016 and $42 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. Dividends received on the stock equaled $9 million, 
$7 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These dividends were recorded 
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other noninterest income.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 9 — Premises and Equipment

The following presents our premises and equipment balances and estimated useful lives:

Land
Office buildings and improvements
Computer hardware and software
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Leased equipment

Total

Less accumulated depreciation

Premises and equipment, net

Estimated
Useful Lives

—
15 — 31.5 years
3 — 7 years
5 — 7 years
3 — 10 years

$

$

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

61
159
300
63
40
623
(293)
330

$

$

59
153
256
61
4
533
(258)
275

Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $39 million, $31 million and $26 million, for the years ended 

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Operating Leases

We conduct a portion of our business from leased facilities. Such leases are considered to be operating leases based on 
their terms. Lease rental expense totaled approximately $9 million, $5 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The following outlines our minimum contractual lease obligations:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total

December 31, 2017

(Dollars in millions)

8
7
5
3
1
2
26

$

$

Note 10 — Mortgage Servicing Rights

We have investments in MSRs that result from the sale of loans to the secondary market for which we retain the 

servicing. We account for MSRs at their fair value. A primary risk associated with MSRs is the potential reduction in fair value 
as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest rates or 
government intervention. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the extent 
that prepayments are slower than anticipated. We utilize derivatives as economic hedges to offset changes in the fair value of 
the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest rate environments. 
There is also a risk of valuation decline due to higher than expected increases in default rates, which we do not believe can be 
effectively managed using derivatives. For further information regarding the derivative instruments utilized to manage our 
MSR risks, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Changes in the fair value of residential first mortgage MSRs were as follows:

Balance at beginning of period
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained
Reductions from sales
Changes in fair value due to (1):
Decrease in MSR value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, and run-off
Changes in estimates of fair value (2)
Fair value of MSRs at end of period

$

$

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)
296
$
228
(84)

335
288
(310)

(22)
—
291

$

(62)
(43)
335

$

$

258
260
(176)

(43)
(3)
296

(1)  Changes in fair value are included within net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 
(2)  Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes.

The following table summarizes the hypothetical effect on the fair value of servicing rights using adverse changes of 

10 percent and 20 percent to the weighted-average of certain significant assumptions used in valuing these assets:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Fair value impact due to

Fair value impact due to

Actual

10% adverse
change

20% adverse
change

Actual

10% adverse
change

20% adverse
change

Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan

6.29% $
9.93%
73.00

$

$

286
283
288

(Dollars in millions)

282
277
286

$

7.78% $
16.68%
68.18

$

326
322
330

318
311
326

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future 
performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the 
relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. To isolate the effect of the specified 
change, the fair value shock analysis is consistent with the identified adverse change, while holding all other assumptions 
constant. In practice, a change in one assumption generally impacts other assumptions, which may either magnify or counteract 
the effect of the change.

For further information, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant 

Accounting Standards and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Contractual servicing and subservicing fees. Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and other 

ancillary income are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within net (loss) return on mortgage servicing 
rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Contractual subservicing fees including late fees and other ancillary 
income are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Subservicing fee income 
is recorded for fees earned, net of third party subservicing costs, for loans subserviced.

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with contractual servicing rights:

Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights

Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
Changes in fair value (2)
Gain (loss) on MSR derivatives (3)
Net transaction costs

$

Total (loss) return included in net return on mortgage servicing rights

$

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

60
(22)
(8)
(8)
22

$

$

$

81
(109)
—
2
(26) $

69
(44)
5
(2)
28

(1)  Servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2) 

Includes a $4 million loss recorded to a payoff reserve during the year ended December 31, 2016 and $2 million gain related to the sale of MSRs 
during the year ended December 31, 2015. 

(3)  Changes in the derivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs. 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with our mortgage loans subserviced: 

For the Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced

Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
Other servicing charges

$

$

35
(14)

Total income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan
administration
(1)  Servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on cash basis.

21

$

$

$

29
(11)

18

$

33
(7)

26

Note 11 — Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Condition. The Company's policy is to present its derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for set-off are in place. 
However, for derivative contracts cleared through certain central clearing parties, variation margin payments are recognized as 
settlements. We are exposed to non-performance risk by the counterparties to our various derivative financial instruments. A 
majority of our derivatives are centrally cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House or consist of residential 
mortgage interest rate lock commitments further limiting our exposure to non-performance risk. We believe that the non-
performance risk inherent in our remaining derivative contracts is minimal based on credit standards and the collateral 
provisions of the derivative agreements.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: We maintain a derivative portfolio of interest rate swaps, futures 

and forward commitments used to manage exposure to changes in interest rates, MSR asset values and to meet the needs of 
customers. We also enter into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the 
interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Market risk on 
interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. Changes in 
fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: We have designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of 

certain interest rate payments of our variable-rate FHLB advances. 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income 
(loss) on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which 
the hedge transaction is recognized in earnings. At December 31, 2017, we had $2 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains on 
derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), compared to $1 million 
of unrealized gains at December 31, 2016. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income into 
earnings during the next 12 months represents $2 million of losses (net-of-tax). 

Derivatives that are designated in hedging relationships are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis at 

inception and throughout the hedge period. All hedge relationships were and are expected to be highly effective as of 
December 31, 2017. Cash flows and the profit impact associated with designated hedges are reported in the same category as 
the underlying hedged item.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the notional amount, estimated fair value and maturity of our derivative financial 

instruments:

Notional Amount

December 31, 2017 (1)
Fair Value (2)
(Dollars in millions)

Expiration Dates

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Liabilities

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Assets

Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps and swaptions

Total derivative assets

Liabilities
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps

Total derivative liabilities

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Assets

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances

Liabilities

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Assets

Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps and swaptions

Total derivative assets

Liabilities
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

830

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,597
2,646
3,629
1,441
9,313

209
3,197
214
617
4,237

Notional Amount

600

230

4,621
3,776
3,517
2,231
14,145

134
1,893
598
1,129
3,754

1

—
4
24
11
39

—
6
—
4
10

2023-2026

2018-2022
2018
2018
2018-2048

2018-2021
2018
2018
2018-2027

December 31, 2016
Fair Value (2)
(Dollars in millions)

Expiration Dates

20

1

2
43
24
35
104

—
11
6
37
54

2023-2026

2025-2026

2017-2020
2017
2017
2017-2033

2017
2017
2017
2017-2047

Total derivative liabilities
(1)  At December 31, 2017, variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’s fair value of 
open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not 
recognized as settlement. 

$

$

(2)  Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively. 

93

 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present the derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement, including the cash pledged as 

collateral:

Gross Amount

Gross Amounts
Netted in the
Statement of
Financial
Position

Net Amount
Presented in
the Statement
of Financial
Position
(Dollars in millions)

 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position

Financial
Instruments

Cash
Collateral

December 31, 2017
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Liabilities

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Assets

Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)

Total derivative assets

Liabilities
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps (1)

Total derivative liabilities

December 31, 2016
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Assets

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)

Liabilities

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Assets

Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)

Total derivative assets

Liabilities
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps (1)

Total derivative liabilities

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1

$

— $

1

$

— $

17

4
11
15

$

$

— $

6
4
10

20

1

2
43
35
80

$

$

$

$

$

— $
11
37
48

$

— $
—
— $

— $
—
—
— $

1

1

$

$

— $
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
— $

4
11
15

$

$

— $

6
4
10

$

— $
—
— $

— $
—
—
— $

19

$

— $

— $

— $

2
43
35
80

$

$

— $
11
37
48

$

— $
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
— $

8
10
18

2
2
5
9

—

33

—
44
30
74

1
—
20
21

(1)  At December 31, 2017, variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’s fair value of 
open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not 
recognized as settlement and we had an additional $15 million in variation margin in excess of the amounts disclosed above. 

At December 31, 2017, we pledged a total of $26 million related to derivative financial instruments, consisting of $7 
million of cash collateral on derivative liabilities and $19 million of maintenance margin on centrally clear derivatives and had 
an obligation to return cash of $18 million on derivative assets. We pledged a total of $54 million of cash collateral to 
counterparties and had an obligation to return cash of $74 million at December 31, 2016 for derivative activities. The net cash 
pledged is restricted and is included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

94

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the net gain (loss) recognized in income on derivative instruments, net of the impact of 

offsetting positions:

For the Years Ended 
December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Futures
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments and forward agency and loan sales
Forward commitments
Interest rate swaps (1)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights $
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
Net gain (loss) on loan sales
Other noninterest income
Other noninterest income

Total derivative (loss) gain

(1) 

Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.

$

Note 12 — Deposit Accounts

The deposit accounts are as follows:

(1) $ — $
(11)
4
(34)
—
2
(40) $

(5)
5
26
(2)
4
28

$

Retail deposits

Branch retail deposits

Demand deposit accounts
Savings accounts
Money market demand accounts
Certificates of deposit/CDARS
Total branch retail deposits

Commercial deposits

Demand deposit account
Savings account
Money market demand accounts
Certificates of deposit/CDARS
Total commercial deposits

Total retail deposits subtotal

Government deposits

Demand deposit accounts
Savings accounts
Certificates of deposit/CDARS
Total government deposits

Wholesale deposits
Company controlled deposits

Total deposits

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

931
3,482
124
1,491
6,028

288
71
69
2
430
6,458

251
446
376
1,073
45
1,358
8,934

$

$

$

$

95

6
(2)
1
9
(2)
2
14

852
3,824
138
1,055
5,869

282
63
109
1
455
6,324

250
451
329
1,030
—
1,446
8,800

 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following indicates the scheduled maturities for certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of 

$250,000:

Three months or less
Over three months to six months
Over six months to twelve months
One to two years
Thereafter
Total

Note 13 — Borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

159
128
173
167
31
658

$

$

The following is a breakdown of our FHLB advances outstanding:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Amount

Rate

Amount

Rate

Short-term fixed rate term advances

Total Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances

Long-term LIBOR adjustable advances
Long-term fixed rate advances (1)

Total Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances

Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances

$

$

4,260
4,260
1,130
275
1,405
5,665

(Dollars in millions)

1.40% $

1.76%
1.41%

$

1,780
1,780
1,025
175
1,200
2,980

126
116
146
34
27
449

0.62%

1.12%
1.12%

(1) 

Includes the current portion of fixed rate advances of $125 million and $50 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. We 
settled $250 million in long-term fixed rate FHLB advances during the fourth quarter of 2016.

We are required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral. In the event of default, the FHLB advance is 

similar to a secured borrowing, whereby the FHLB has the right to sell the pledged collateral to settle the fair value of the 
outstanding advances.

At December 31, 2017, we had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a line of credit of up to $7.0 
billion and we may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At December 31, 2017, we had $5.7 billion of 
advances outstanding and an additional $763 million of collateralized borrowing capacity available at FHLB. The advances can 
be collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans with government guarantees, certain 
other loans and investment securities. 

At December 31, 2017, $1.1 billion of the outstanding advances had an adjustable rate based on the three month 

LIBOR index. Interest rates on these advances reset every three months and the advances may be prepaid without penalty, with 
notification at scheduled three month intervals after an initial 12 month lockout period. The outstanding advances included 
$830 million in a cash flow hedge relationship as discussed in Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments. 

The following table contains detailed information on our FHLB advances and other borrowings:

Maximum outstanding at any month end
Average outstanding balance
Average remaining borrowing capacity
Weighted average interest rate

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

(Dollars in millions)
3,557
2,833
1,137

$

1.16%

5,665
4,590
1,195
1.30%

3,541
1,811
1,611
1.00%

$

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table outlines the maturity dates of our FHLB advances and other borrowings:

2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total

Parent Company Senior Notes and Trust Preferred Securities

The following table presents long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs:

December 31, 2017

(Dollars in millions)

4,385
50
—
—
1,230
5,665

$

$

Senior Notes

Senior notes, matures 2021
Trust Preferred Securities

Floating Three Month LIBOR
Plus 3.25%, matures 2032
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035
Plus 1.75%, matures 2035
Plus 1.50%, matures 2035
Plus 1.45%, matures 2037
Plus 2.50%, matures 2037

Total Trust Preferred Securities

Total long-term debt

Senior Notes

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Amount

Interest Rate

Amount

Interest Rate

$

$

$

247

26
26
26
26
26
51
25
25
16
247
494

(Dollars in millions)

6.125% $

4.92% $
4.61%
4.94%
3.36%
3.36%
3.34%
2.86%
3.04%
4.09%

$

246

26
26
26
26
26
51
25
25
16
247
493

6.125%

4.25%
4.13%
4.25%
2.88%
2.88%
2.71%
2.38%
2.41%
3.46%

On July 11, 2016, we issued $250 million of senior notes ("Senior Notes") which mature on July 15, 2021. The notes 

are unsecured and rank equally and ratably with the unsecured senior indebtedness of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Prior to June 15, 2021, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of 
100 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining 
scheduled payments discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate 
plus 0.50 percent, plus, in each case accrued and unpaid interest.

Trust Preferred Securities 

We sponsor nine trust subsidiaries, which issued preferred stock to third party investors. We issued trust preferred 

securities to those trusts, which we have included in long-term debt. The trust preferred securities are the sole assets of those 
trusts. 

The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable quarterly; however, we may defer 
interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. As of December 31, 2017, we had no deferred interest.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 14 — Representation and Warranty Reserve

At the time a loan is sold, an estimate of the fair value of the guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded 
in the representation and warranty reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. This reduces the net gain on 
loan sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

The following table shows the activity impacting the representation and warranty reserve:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

27

$

40

$

4
(13)
(9)
(3)
15

$

5
(19)
(14)
1
27

$

53

7
(19)
(12)
(1)
40

$

$

Balance, beginning of period
Provision (benefit)

Gain on sale reduction for representation and warranty liability
Representation and warranty provision (benefit)

Total

(Charge-offs) recoveries, net
Balance, end of period

Note 15— Warrants 

May Investor Warrant

We granted warrants (the "May Investor Warrants") on January 30, 2009 under anti-dilution provisions applicable to 

certain investors (the "May Investors") in our May 2008 private placement capital raise. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, a total of 237,627 May Investor Warrants were exercised, resulting in the 

net issuance of 154,313 shares of Common Stock. As of December 31, 2017, there are no remaining May Investor Warrants 
outstanding and the related liability is reduced to zero. At December 31, 2016, the liability was $4 million. For further 
information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

TARP Warrant 

On January 30, 2009, in conjunction with the sale of 266,657 shares of TARP Preferred, we issued a warrant to 
purchase up to approximately 645,138 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $62.00 per share (the "Warrant"). 

The Warrant is exercisable through January 30, 2019 and remains outstanding.  

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 16 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

Investment Securities
Beginning balance
Unrealized gain (loss)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision
Net unrealized gain (loss)

Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision

Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

Ending balance

Cash Flow Hedges
Beginning balance
Unrealized gain (loss)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision
Net unrealized gain (loss)

Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision

Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

Ending balance

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

(8) $
(19)
(7)
(12)
3
1
2
(10)
(18) $

1
5
1
4
(5)
(2)
(3)
1
2

$

$

$

5
(10)
(3)
(7)
(9)
(3)
(6)
(13)
(8) $

(3) $
(13)
(5)
(8)
19
7
12
4
1

$

8
(7)
(2)
(5)
3
1
2
(3)
5

—
(6)
(1)
(5)
2
—
2
(3)
(3)

(1)  Reclassifications are reported in other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

99

 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 17 — Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share, excluding dilution, is computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by 
the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the 
potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into 
common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that could then share in our earnings.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Net income
Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends

Net income applicable to common stockholders

Weighted Average Shares

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Effect of dilutive securities
May Investor Warrants
Stock-based awards

Weighted average diluted common shares

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share

Effect of dilutive securities
May Investor Warrants
Stock-based awards

Diluted earnings per common share

$

$

$

$

(In millions, except share data)
$

$

171
(18)
153

$

63
—
63

$

158
(30)
128

57,093,868

56,569,307

56,426,977

12,287
1,072,188
58,178,343

138,314
890,046
57,597,667

305,484
432,062
57,164,523

1.11

$

2.71

$

—
(0.02)
1.09

$

(0.01)
(0.04)
2.66

$

2.27

(0.01)
(0.02)
2.24

Under the terms of the TARP Preferred, the Company elected to defer payments of preferred stock dividends 

beginning with the February 2012 dividend. Although, while being deferred, the impact was not included in quarterly net 
income from continuing operations, the deferral did impact net income applicable to common stock for the purpose of 
calculating earnings per share, as shown above. On July 29, 2016, we completed the $267 million redemption of TARP 
Preferred. 

Note 18 — Stock-Based Compensation

Our board of directors participates in various stock option plans and incentive compensation plans. Certain key 
employees, officers, directors and others are eligible to receive stock awards. Awards that may be granted under the plan 
include stock options, incentive stock options, cash-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance shares 
and performance units and other awards. Under the current plan, the exercise price of any award granted must be at least equal 
to the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Non-qualified stock options granted to directors expire 5 years 
from the date of grant. Grants other than non-qualified stock options have term limits set by the board of directors in the 
applicable agreement. Stock appreciation rights generally expire 7 years from the date of grant. Awards still outstanding under 
any of the prior plans will continue to be governed by their respective terms. 

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, compensation expense recognized related to stock-based 

compensation totaled $11 million, $11 million and $3 million, respectively. 

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Stock Options

The following tables summarize the activity that occurred in the years ended December 31:

Options outstanding, beginning of year
Options canceled, forfeited and expired
Options outstanding, end of year
Options vested or expected to vest, end of year
Options exercisable, end of year

Options outstanding, beginning of year
Options canceled, forfeited and expired
Options outstanding, end of year
Options vested or expected to vest, end of year
Options exercisable, end of year

Number of Shares

2017 (1)

2016

2015

45,791
(5,073)
40,718
40,718
20,286

53,284
(7,493)
45,791
45,791
23,576

Weighted Average Exercise Price

2017 (1)

2016

2015

$

$
$
$

80.00
80.00
80.00
80.00
80.00

$

$
$
$

80.00
80.00
80.00
80.00
80.00

$

$
$
$

63,598
(10,314)
53,284
53,284
27,197

94.33
168.34
80.00
80.00
80.00

(1) 

 All outstanding options at December 31, 2017 are vested or expected to vest and have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.1 years.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, was zero. 

Additionally, there was no aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercised at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015. 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

We have issued restricted stock units to officers, directors and certain employees. Restricted stock units generally will 
vest in 3 increments on each annual anniversary of the date of grant beginning with the first anniversary subject to service and 
performance conditions. 

On October 20, 2015, our Board approved and adopted the Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. Executive Long-Term Incentive 

Program ("ExLTIP"). The ExLTIP provides for payouts to certain executives only if our stock achieves and sustains a specified 
market performance within ten years of the grant date. The ExLTIP awards were made in the form of restricted stock units 
under and subject to the terms of the 2016 Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. Stock and Incentive Plan, which was approved at the May 24, 
2016 annual shareholder meeting. If vested, the restricted stock units would pay out in five installments, subject to a quality 
review.

At December 31, 2017, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued were 2,132,452 shares. 

The total fair value of awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 was $7 million, $3 million, and $2 
million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards was $12 
million with a weighted average expense recognition period of 2.5 years.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Weighted —
Average Grant-
Date
Fair Value per 
Share

Shares

Weighted —
Average Grant-
Date
Fair Value per 
Share

Shares

Weighted —
Average Grant-
Date
Fair Value per 
Share

Shares

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Non-vested balance at beginning of period
Granted
Vested
Canceled and forfeited

Non-vested balance at end of period

1,461,910
357,058
(385,454)
(143,064)
1,290,450

$

$

17.68
28.06
17.36
18.89
20.52

1,299,985
310,209
(134,767)
(13,517)
1,461,910

$

$

16.36
22.97
15.78
17.24
17.68

233,691
1,325,134
(152,220)
(106,620)
1,299,985

$

$

17.21
16.11
15.25
18.46
16.36

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("2017 ESPP") was approved on March 20, 2017 by our Board of Directors ("the 

Board") and on May 23, 2017 by our shareholders. The 2017 ESPP became effective July 1, 2017 and will remain effective 
until terminated by the Board. A total of 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are reserved and authorized for 
issuance for purchase under the 2017 ESPP. During the year ended December 31, 2017, 48,032 shares were issued under the 
2017 ESPP and our associated compensation expense was de minimis.

Incentive Compensation Plans

We had an expense of $33 million, $33 million and $30 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 

2015, respectively, for annual employee incentive payments and commission based payments.

Note 19— Income Taxes

Components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes consist of the following:

Current
Federal

Total current income tax expense

Deferred
Federal
Federal impact of tax reform
State

Total deferred income tax expense

Total income tax expense

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

2
2

66
80
—
146
148

$

$

4
4

84
—
(1)
83
87

$

2
2

82
—
(2)
80
82

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal tax rate. The following is a summary of such differences:

Provision at statutory federal income tax rate (35%)

Increases (decreases) resulting from:

Tax Reform
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Restricted stock compensation
State income tax (benefit), net of federal income tax effect (includes valuation allowance)
Warrant expense (income)
Non-deductible compensation
Other

Provision for income taxes

Effective tax provision rate

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

74

$

90

$

84

80
(3)
(2)
—
—
—
(1)
148
70.1%

$

—
(3)
—
(1)
1
—
—
87
33.7%

$

—
(1)
—
(2)
1
1
(1)
82
34.2%

$

The increase in our income tax provision and effective tax provision rate during the year ended December 31, 2017 as 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to the new tax legislation which resulted in a charge to the 
provision for income taxes of approximately $80 million due to the revaluation of our DTAs at a lower corporate statutory rate.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Temporary differences and carry forwards that give rise to DTAs and liabilities are comprised of the following:

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

Deferred tax assets

Net operating loss carryforwards (Federal and State)
Allowance for loan losses
Litigation settlement
Alternative Minimum Tax credit carry forwards
Representation and warranty reserves
Accrued compensation
Contingent Consideration
Loan deferred fees and costs
Non-accrual interest revenue
Deferred interest
General business credits
Other
Total

Valuation allowance

Total (net)

Deferred tax liabilities

Premises and equipment
Mortgage loan servicing rights
Mark-to-market adjustments
Commercial lease financing
State and local taxes

Total

Net deferred tax asset

$

$

110
43
14
—
3
10
6
2
1
1
3
2
195
(20)
175

(14)
(3)
(10)
(9)
(3)
(39)
136

$

$

195
74
22
18
10
15
—
3
2
2
1
5
347
(20)
327

(12)
(11)
(9)
(5)
(4)
(41)
286

At December 31, 2017, we reclassified $20 million of AMT credits from deferred taxes to other assets as a result of tax 

reform.

We have not provided deferred income taxes for the Bank’s pre-1988 tax bad debt reserve at December 31, 2017 of 

approximately $4 million because it is not anticipated that this temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. Such 
reserves would only be taken into taxable income if the Bank, or a successor institution, liquidates, redeems shares, pays 
dividends in excess of earnings, or ceases to qualify as a bank for tax purposes.

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had federal net operating loss carry forwards of $381 million 

and $480 million, respectively. These carry forwards, if unused, expire in calendar years 2028 through 2037. As a result of a 
change in control occurring on January 30, 2009, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code places an annual limitation on the 
use of our new operating loss carry forwards that existed at that time. At December 31, 2017 we had $120 million of net 
operating loss carry forwards subject to certain annual use limitations which expire in calendar years 2028 through 2029.

We regularly evaluate the need for DTA valuation allowances based on a more likely than not standard as defined by 

generally accepted accounting principles. The ability to realize DTAs depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable 
income within the carryback or carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each applicable tax jurisdiction. 

We had a total state DTA before valuation allowance of $33 million which includes total state net operating loss 

carryforwards of $579 million at December 31, 2017. In connection with our ongoing assessment of deferred taxes, we 
analyzed each state net operating loss separately and determined the amount of such net operating loss, which is expected to 
expire unused, and recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the DTA for state net operating losses to the amount which is more 
likely than not to be realized. At December 31, 2017, the net state DTAs which will more likely than not be realized, was $14 
million and we have maintained a valuation allowance of $20 million due to state loss carryover limitations.

We will continue to regularly assess the realizability of our DTAs. Changes in earnings performance and future 

earnings projections, among other factors, may cause us to adjust our valuation allowance. 

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Our income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal, state and local government authorities. On an 

ongoing basis, numerous federal, state and local examinations are in progress and cover multiple tax years. At December 31, 
2017, the Internal Revenue Service had completed an examination of us through the taxable year ended December 31, 2013. 
The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction. 

We  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  in  income  tax  expense.  For  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not recognize any interest income, interest expense, or increase or decreases to uncertain 
income tax positions of greater than $1 million, individually or in aggregate.

Note 20 — Regulatory Capital

We, along with the Bank, must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, 

liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts 
and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can 
initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective and include transition provisions 
through 2018.

At the end of 2017 a final rule was issued that will maintain the transition provisions for certain items deducted from 

regulatory capital. For additional information, see Item 1. Business and Item 1A. Risk Factors.

To be categorized as "well-capitalized," the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum tangible capital, Tier 1 
capital, common equity Tier 1, and total capital ratios as set forth in the table below. We, along with the Bank, are considered 
"well-capitalized" at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. 

The following tables present the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated:

Flagstar Bancorp

December 31, 2017

Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Total capital (to RWA)

December 31, 2016

Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Total capital (to RWA)

$

$

N/A - Not applicable.

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

(Dollars in millions)

1,442
1,442
1,216
1,442
1,576

1,256
1,256
1,084
1,256
1,363

8.51%
8.51% $

11.50%
13.63%
14.90%

8.88%
8.88% $

13.06%
15.12%
16.41%

N/A
678
476
635
846

N/A
566
374
498
664

N/A
4.0% $
4.5%
6.0%
8.0%

N/A
4.0% $
4.5%
6.0%
8.0%

N/A
848
688
846
1,058

N/A
707
540
664
830

N/A
5.0%
6.5%
8.0%
10.0%

N/A
5.0%
6.5%
8.0%
10.0%

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Flagstar Bank

December 31, 2017

Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Total capital (to RWA)

December 31, 2016

Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
Total capital (to RWA)

$

$

N/A - Not applicable.

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

(Dollars in millions)

1,531
1,531
1,531
1,531
1,664

1,491
1,491
1,491
1,491
1,598

9.04%
9.04% $

14.46%
14.46%
15.72%

10.52%
10.52% $
17.90%
17.90%
19.18%

N/A
677
476
635
847

N/A
567
375
500
667

N/A
4.0% $
4.5%
6.0%
8.0%

N/A
4.0% $
4.5%
6.0%
8.0%

N/A
847
688
847
1,059

N/A
709
542
667
833

N/A
5.0%
6.5%
8.0%
10.0%

N/A
5.0%
6.5%
8.0%
10.0%

Note 21 — Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

We and our subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course 
of business operations. In addition, the Bank is routinely named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former 
borrowers relating to the origination, purchase, sale, and servicing of mortgage loans. From time to time, governmental 
agencies also conduct investigations or examinations of various practices of the Bank. In the course of such investigations or 
examinations, the Bank cooperates with such agencies and provides information as requested.

We assess the liabilities and loss contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal and regulatory 
proceedings on at least a quarterly basis and establish accruals when we believe it is probable that a loss may be incurred and 
that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, litigation accruals are adjusted, as appropriate, in 
light of additional information.

At December 31, 2017, we do not believe that the amount of any reasonably possible losses in excess of any amounts 
accrued with respect to ongoing proceedings or any other known claims will be material to our financial statements, or that the 
ultimate outcome of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows.

DOJ litigation settlement

In 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ which meets the definition of a financial liability 

(the "DOJ Liability").

In accordance with the Settlement Agreement, we made an initial payment of $15 million and agreed to make future 

annual payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting all conditions, which are 
evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the 
repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in the 
third quarter of 2016; and (c) the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio equals 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report 
with the OCC. 

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report with the OCC first reporting that its 

Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment 
would be due at that time. The next annual payment is then only made if such other conditions continue to be satisfied, 
otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material 
banking regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and 
will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of 
the above conditions. 

Additionally, if the Bank and Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank or Bancorp 

represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets. Annual payments must commence twelve months after the 
date of that business combination. 

We elected to account for the DOJ Liability under the fair value option. To determine the fair value, we utilize a 

discounted cash flow model. Key assumptions for the discounted cash flow model include using a discount rate as of 
December 31, 2017 of 9.7 percent; probability weightings of multiple cash flow scenarios and possible outcomes which 
contemplate the above conditions and estimates of forecasted net income, size of the balance sheet, capital levels, dividends and 
their impact on the timing of cash payments and the assumptions we believe a market participant would make to transfer the 
liability. The fair value of the DOJ Liability was $60 million at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Other litigation accruals

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, excluding the fair value liability relating to the DOJ litigation 

settlement, our total accrual for contingent liabilities and settled litigation was $1 million and $3 million, respectively.

Commitments

The following table is a summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments:

Commitments to extend credit

Mortgage loan interest-rate lock commitments
Warehouse loan commitments
Commercial and industrial commitments
Other commercial commitments
HELOC commitments
Other consumer commitments
Standby and commercial letters of credit

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

3,667
1,618
695
1,021
283
15
50

4,115
1,670
424
651
179
57
30

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is not a violation of any condition 
established in the contract. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts 
do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other 
termination clauses. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, 
if deemed necessary by us, upon extension of credit is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparties. 

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk beyond the amount recognized 

on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Our exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the 
other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the 
contractual amount of those instruments. We utilize the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional 
obligations as we do for balance sheet instruments. The types of credit we extend are as follows:

Mortgage loan interest-rate lock commitments. We enter into mortgage interest-rate lock commitments with our 
customers. These commitments are considered to be derivative instruments and the fair value of these commitments is recorded 
in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in other assets. For further information, see Note 11 - Derivative 
Financial Instruments.

Warehouse loan commitments. Lines of credit provided to mortgage originators to fund loans they originate and then 

sell. The proceeds of the sale of the loans are used to repay the draw on the line used to fund the loans.

Commercial and industrial and other commercial commitments. Conditional commitments issued under various terms 

to lend funds to business and other entities. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments 
106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination 
clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the 
total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.

HELOC commitments. Commitments to extend, originate or purchase credit are primarily lines of credit to consumers 
and have specified rates and maturity dates. Many of these commitments also have adverse change clauses, which allow us to 
cancel the commitment due to deterioration in the borrowers’ creditworthiness or a decline in the collateral value.

Other consumer commitments. Conditional commitments issued to accommodate the financial needs of customers. The 

commitments are made under various terms to lend funds to consumers, which include revolving credit agreements, term loan 
commitments and short-term borrowing agreements.

Standby and commercial letters of credit. Conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer 

to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the 
terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate 
commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the 
customer and the third party. These financial standby letters of credit irrevocably obligate the bank to pay a third party 
beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.

We maintain a reserve for the estimate of probable credit losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. 

Unfunded commitments to extend credit include unfunded loans with available balances, new commitments to lend that are not 
yet funded, and standby and commercial letters of credit. A reserve balance of $3 million at both December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
is reflected in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Note 22 — Fair Value Measurements

We utilize fair value measurements to record or disclose the fair value on certain assets and liabilities. Fair value is defined 

as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability through an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In 
cases where quoted market values in an active market are not available, we use present value techniques and other valuation 
methods to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments. These valuation models rely on market-based parameters when 
available, such as interest rate yield curves or credit spreads. Unobservable inputs may be based on management's judgment, 
assumptions and estimates related to credit quality, our future earnings, interest rates and other relevant inputs. These valuation 
methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions 
made and methods used.

Valuation Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The hierarchy is based 

on the transparency of the inputs used in the valuation process with the highest priority given to quoted prices available in active 
markets and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs where no active market exists, as discussed below.

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which we can participate as of the 
measurement date;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use 
in pricing an asset or liability.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the 

valuation hierarchy that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are 
recognized at the end of the reporting period.

107

 
 
 
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value by caption on the Consolidated Statements of 

Financial Condition and by level in the valuation hierarchy:

Investment securities available-for-sale

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential
Municipal obligations
Corporate debt obligations

Loans held-for-sale

Residential first mortgage loans

Loans held-for-investment

Residential first mortgage loans
Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights
Derivative assets

Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps and swaptions

Total assets at fair value

Derivative liabilities

Interest rate swap on FHLB advances
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps
DOJ litigation settlement
Contingent consideration

Total liabilities at fair value

December 31, 2017

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total Fair Value

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

— $
—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—
— $

—
—
—
—
—
— $

$

987
794
34
38

4,300

8
—
—

—
4
11
6,176

$

(1)
(6)
(4)
—
—
(11) $

— $
—
—
—

—

—
4
291

24
—
—
319

$

—
—
—
(60)
(25)
(85) $

987
794
34
38

4,300

8
4
291

24
4
11
6,495

(1)
(6)
(4)
(60)
(25)
(96)

On May 15, 2017, the Company closed on the acquisition of certain assets of Opes Advisors (“Opes”), a California based 
retail mortgage originator and wealth management service provider. Although the acquired assets of Opes were not significant, the 
addition of Opes positions us to increase our distributed retail lending channel. Consideration in the acquisition of Opes consisted of 
upfront cash and contingent cash in the form of an earn-out. The earn-out is based on future target production volumes and 
profitability of the division which were significant inputs to the preliminary fair value. 

108

 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total Fair Value

(Dollars in millions)

Investment securities available-for-sale

Agency - Commercial
Agency - Residential
Municipal obligations

Loans held-for-sale

Residential first mortgage loans

Loans held-for-investment

Residential first mortgage loans
Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights
Derivative assets

Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (net)

Total assets at fair value

Derivative liabilities

Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps
Warrant liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement

Total liabilities at fair value

$

$

$

$

— $
—
—

$

548
898
34

— $
—
—

—

—
—
—

—
2
—
—
—
2

$

— $
—
—
—
—
— $

3,145

7
—
—

—
—
43
35
19
4,729

$

— $
(11)
(37)
(4)
—
(52) $

—

—
65
335

24
—
—
—
—
424

$

(6) $
—
—
—
(60)
(66) $

548
898
34

3,145

7
65
335

24
2
43
35
19
5,155

(6)
(11)
(37)
(4)
(60)
(118)

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and 2015.

109

  
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounts (including the 

change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by us within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy:

Recorded
in Earnings

Balance at
Beginning
of Year

Total
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses)

Total
Realized
Gains/
(Losses)

Recorded
in OCI

Total
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses)

Purchases /
Originations

Sales

Settlement

Transfers
In (Out)

Balance at
End of
Year

(Dollars in millions)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017

Assets

Loans held-for-sale

Home equity

Loans held-for-investment

Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights

Rate lock commitments (net) (1)

Totals

Liabilities

DOJ litigation settlement

Contingent consideration

Totals

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016

Assets

Loans held-for-investment

Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights

Rate lock commitments (net) (1)

Totals

Liabilities

DOJ litigation settlement

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Assets

Investment securities available-for-sale

Municipal obligation

Loans held-for-investment

Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights

Other investments

Rate lock commitments (net) (1)

Totals

Liabilities

Long-term debt

DOJ litigation settlement

Totals

$

— $

1 $

— $

— $

— $

(52) $

(1) $

52 $

—

65

335

18

2

(22)

54

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

288

267

—

(310)

—

(8)

—

—

(55)

—

(315)

418 $

35 $

— $

— $

555 $

(362) $

(9) $

(318) $

(60) $

—

(60) $

— $

(1)

(1) $

— $

—

— $

— $

—

— $

— $

(25)

(25) $

— $

—

— $

— $

1

1 $

— $

—

— $

106 $

5 $

— $

— $

— $

— $

(46) $

— $

296

26

(105)

25

—

—

—

—

228

325

(84)

—

—

—

—

(358)

428 $

(75) $

— $

— $

553 $

(84) $

(46) $

(358) $

4

291

24

319

(60)

(25)

(85)

65

335

18

418

(84) $

24 $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

(60)

2 $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

(2) $

— $

—

185 $

(2) $

— $

— $

— $

— $

(77) $

258

100

31

576 $

(84) $

(82)

(166) $

(46)

60

12 $

— $

(2)

(2) $

— $

—

(342)

—

—

—

—

260

(176)

277

—

—

(100)

—

— $

— $

537 $

(176) $

(179) $

(342) $

(3) $

—

(3) $

— $

—

— $

— $

—

— $

52 $

—

52 $

35 $

—

35 $

— $

—

— $

106

296

—

26

428

—

(84)

(84)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1)  Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are 

transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.

We utilized swaptions futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with 

mortgage servicing rights and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines in the tables do not reflect the effect of 
our risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the 

fair value measurements as of:

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average)

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2017
Assets

Loans held-for-investment

Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights
Rate lock commitments (net)

Liabilities

DOJ litigation settlement

Contingent consideration

$

$
$

$

$

4

Discounted cash flows

291
24

Discounted cash flows
Consensus pricing

Discount rate 
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate 
Weighted average cost to service per loan
Origination pull-through rate

7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
5.1% - 7.7% (6.4%)
3.0% - 4.5% (3.6%)
5.0% - 7.5% (6.3%)
8.0% - 11.8% (9.9%)
$58 - $87 ($73)
64.7% - 97.1% (82.0%)

(60)

Discounted cash flows

(25)

Discounted cash flows

Discount rate 
Asset growth rate
Beta 
Equity volatility

7.8% - 11.7% (9.7%)
5.6% - 17.4% (6.3%)
0.6 - 1.6 (1.1)
26.6% - 58.9% (40.0%)

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average)

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2016
Assets

Loans held-for-investment

Home equity

Mortgage servicing rights
Rate lock commitments (net)

Liabilities

DOJ litigation settlement

$

$
$

$

65

Discounted cash flows

335
18

Discounted cash flows
Consensus pricing

Discount rate 
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate 
Weighted average cost to service per loan
Origination pull-through rate

6.0% - 12.2% (9.3%)
16.3% - 24.4% (20.3%)
2.7% - 4.1% (3.7%)
6.2% - 9.3% (7.8%)
13.9% - 19.2% (16.7%)
$55 - $82 ($68)
66.9% - 100.0% (83.6%)

(60)

Discounted cash flows

Discount rate
Asset growth rate

6.6% - 9.8% (8.2%)
4.2% - 11.6% (7.9%)

Recurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

Home equity. The most significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the home equity loans are 
discount rates, constant prepayment rates, and default rates. The constant prepayment and default rates are based on a 12 month 
historical average. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) 
fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in prepay rates in isolation result in a higher (lower) fair value and increases 
(decreases) in default rates in isolation result in a lower (higher) fair value. HELOC loans formerly included in the FSTAR 2005-1 
and FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trusts, also classified as home equity loans, were valued utilizing a loan-level discounted cash 
flow model which projects expected cash flows given three potential outcomes: (1) paid-in-full at scheduled maturity, (2) default at 
scheduled maturity (foreclosure), and (3) modification at scheduled maturity into an amortizing HELOC. Loans are placed into the 
potential outcome buckets based on their underlying current delinquency, FICO scores and property CLTV all of which are 
unobservable inputs. These loans were sold in the second quarter of 2017.

MSRs. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads, 

prepayment rates, and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all three assumptions in isolation would result in a 
significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Weighted average life (in years) is used to determine the change in fair value of 
MSRs. For December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 the weighted average life (in years) for the entire MSRs portfolio was 6.0 
and 6.6, respectively.

DOJ litigation settlement. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the DOJ litigation 

settlement are the discount rate and asset growth rate, in addition to those discussed in Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies 
and Commitments. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate or asset growth rate in isolation would result in a 

111

 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

marginally lower (higher) fair value measurement. For further information on the fair value inputs related to the DOJ litigation 
settlement, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

Rate lock commitments. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock 

commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history to determine 
the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New 
market prices are applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fallout ratios (i.e., the inverse of the pull through rate) are 
applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation would result in a significantly higher 
(lower) fair value measurement. 

Contingent consideration. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the contingent consideration is 

future forecasted target production volumes and profitability of the division. An increase or decrease to these inputs results in an 
increase or decrease of the liability. Other unobservable inputs include Beta and volatility which drive the risk adjusted discount rate 
utilized in a Monte Carlo simulation. An increase or decrease in these inputs results in a decrease or increase to the liability.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

We also have assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. 

The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Total (1)

Level 2

Level 3

Gains/(Losses)

December 31, 2017

Loans held-for-sale (2)

Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)

Residential first mortgage loans
Repossessed assets (3)

Totals

December 31, 2016

Loans held-for-sale (2)

Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)

Residential first mortgage loans
Repossessed assets (3)

Totals

$

$

$

$

(Dollars in millions)

6

$

6

$

21
8
35

9

25
14
48

$

$

$

—
—
6

9

—
—
9

$

$

$

— $

21
8
29

$

— $

25
14
39

$

(1)

(10)
—
(11)

(2)

(28)
(2)
(32)

(1)  The fair values are determined at various dates during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)  Gains/(losses) reflect fair value adjustments on assets for which we did not elect the fair value option. 
(3)  Gains/(losses) reflect write downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets.

The following tables present the quantitative information about nonrecurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and 

the fair value measurements:

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average)

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2017
Impaired loans held-for-investment

Loans held-for-investment
Repossessed assets
December 31, 2016
Impaired loans held-for-investment

Residential first mortgage loans
Repossessed assets

$
$

$
$

21
8

25
14

Nonrecurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

Fair value of collateral
Fair value of collateral

Loss severity discount
Loss severity discount

25% - 30% (27.9%)
0% - 100% (70.9%)

Fair value of collateral
Fair value of collateral

Loss severity discount
Loss severity discount

22% - 40% (29.5%)
22% - 100% (69.5%)

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the impaired loans and repossessed assets are 
appraisals or other third-party price evaluations which incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties.

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments that are carried either at 

fair value, cost, or amortized cost:

December 31, 2017

Estimated Fair Value

Carrying Value

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

(Dollars in millions)

$

— $

204
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1,853
924
4,322
8
261
—
303
330
—
84
15

(4,557) $
(1,498)
(43)
(1,048)
(1,311)
(5,662)
(417)
—
—
(11)

—
—
—
—
7,659
—
291
—
—
8
—
24

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(60)
(25)
—

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities available-for-sale
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Loans held-for-sale
Loans held-for-investment
Loans with government guarantees
Mortgage servicing rights
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Bank owned life insurance
Repossessed assets
Other assets, foreclosure claims
Derivative financial instruments, assets

Liabilities

Retail deposits

Demand deposits and savings accounts
Certificates of deposit

Wholesale deposits
Government deposits
Company controlled deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Long-term debt
DOJ litigation settlement
Contingent consideration
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities

$

$

$

204
1,853
939
4,321
7,713
271
291
303
330
8
84
39

(4,965) $
(1,493)
(45)
(1,073)
(1,358)
(5,665)
(494)
(60)
(25)
(11)

$

204
1,853
924
4,322
7,667
261
291
303
330
8
84
39

(4,557) $
(1,498)
(43)
(1,048)
(1,311)
(5,662)
(417)
(60)
(25)
(11)

113

 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2016

Estimated Fair Value

Carrying Value

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

(Dollars in millions)

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities available-for-sale
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Loans held-for-sale
Loans held-for-investment
Loans with government guarantees
Mortgage servicing rights
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Bank owned life insurance
Repossessed assets
Other assets, foreclosure claims
Derivative financial instruments, assets

Liabilities

Retail deposits

Demand deposits and savings accounts
Certificates of deposit

Government deposits
Company controlled deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Long-term debt
Warrant liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities

$

$

158
1,480
1,093
3,177
6,065
365
335
180
271
14
135
123

$

(5,268) $

(1,056)

(1,030)

(1,446)

(2,980)

(493)

(4)

(60)
(54)

$

158
1,480
1,084
3,178
5,998
354
335
180
271
14
135
123

(4,956) $
(1,062)
(1,011)
(1,371)
(2,964)
(277)
(4)
(60)
(54)

158
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
45

$

— $

1,480
1,084
3,178
7
354
—
180
271
—
135
54

— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(11)

(4,956) $
(1,062)
(1,011)
(1,371)
(2,964)
(277)
(4)
—
(37)

—
—
—
—
5,991
—
335
—
—
14
—
24

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(60)
(6)

The methods and assumptions used by us in estimating fair value of financial instruments which are required for disclosure 

only, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates 

fair value.

Investment securities held-to-maturity. Fair values are generated using market inputs, where possible, including quoted 

prices (the closing price in an exchange market), bid prices (the price at which a buyer stands ready to purchase), and other market 
information.

Loans held-for-investment. The fair value is estimated using internally developed discounted cash flow models using 

market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Loans with government guarantees. The fair value is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models 

using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock. No secondary market exists for FHLB stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the 

FHLB. Management believes that the recorded value equals the fair value.

Bank owned life insurance. The fair value of bank owned life insurance policies is based on the cash surrender values of the 

policies as reported by the insurance companies.

Other assets, foreclosure claims. The fair value of foreclosure claims with government guarantees approximates the carrying 

amount.

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Deposit accounts. The fair value of deposits with no defined maturity is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model 
that incorporates current market rates for similar products and expected attrition. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit 
is estimated using the rates currently offered for certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used 

to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates 

current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Fair Value Option

We elected the fair value option for certain items as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
to mitigate a divergence between accounting losses and economic exposure. Interest income on LHFS is accrued on the principal 
outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method.

The following table reflects the change in fair value included in earnings of financial instruments for which the fair value 

option has been elected:

Assets
Loans held-for-sale

Net gain on loan sales
Loans held-for-investment
Other noninterest income

Liabilities
Long-term debt

Other noninterest income

Litigation settlement

Other noninterest income
Other noninterest (expense)

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

283

$

269

$

1

1

— $

— $

—
—

24
—

321

40

29

—
(2)

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal 

balance outstanding for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Fair Value

Fair Value
Over / (Under)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Fair Value

Fair Value
Over / (Under)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

6
5
11

4,167
10
4,177

4,173
15
4,188

$

$

$

$

$

$

5
4
9

4,295
8
4,303

4,300
12
4,312

$

$

$

$

$

$

(118) $

(60) $

(1) $
(1)
(2) $

128
(2)
126

127
(3)
124

58

$

$

$

$

$

2
19
21

3,103
72
3,175

3,105
91
3,196

$

$

$

$

$

$

2
13
15

3,143
59
3,202

3,145
72
3,217

$

$

$

$

$

$

(118) $

(60) $

—
(6)
(6)

40
(13)
27

40
(19)
21

58

Assets
Nonaccrual loans

Loans held-for-sale
Loans held-for-investment
Total nonaccrual loans
Other performing loans

Loans held-for-sale
Loans held-for-investment

Total other performing loans

Total loans

Loans held-for-sale
Loans held-for-investment

Total loans

Liabilities

Litigation settlement (1)

(1)  We are obligated to pay $118 million in installment payments upon meeting certain performance conditions, as described in Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, 

Contingencies and Commitments. 

Note 23 — Segment Information

Our operations are conducted through three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and

Mortgage Servicing. The Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. Operating segments are defined as 
components of an enterprise that engage in business activity from which revenues are earned and expenses incurred for which 
discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate 
resources and in assessing performance. The operating segments have been determined based on the products and services 
offered and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Each segment operates 
under the same banking charter, but is reported on a segmented basis for this report. Each of the operating segments is 
complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships of the segments, the information presented is not indicative 
of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities. 

Effective January 1, 2017, activity related to Loans with Government Guarantees, was moved from the Mortgage 

Servicing segment to the Mortgage Originations segment. In addition, we began to allocate the tax provision at a segment level 
whereas previously, the tax provision was reflected in the Other segment. To allocate the tax provision, the statutory federal tax 
rate is used for Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and Mortgage Servicing segments with the difference between the 
statutory rate and the effective tax rate held in the Other segment. Prior period segment financial information, related to both 
changes, has been recast to conform to the current presentation.

The Community Banking segment originates loans, provides deposits and fee based services to consumer, business, 

and mortgage lending customers through its Branch Banking, Business Banking and Commercial Banking, Government 
Banking, Warehouse Lending and LHFI Portfolio groups. Products offered through these groups include checking accounts, 
savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, consumer loans, commercial loans, commercial real estate 
loans, equipment finance and leasing, home builder finance loans and warehouse lines of credit. Other financial services 
available include consumer and corporate card services, customized treasury management solutions, merchant services and 
capital markets services such as loan syndications. In addition, wealth management products and services are provided through 
Opes as of the acquisition date of May 15, 2017.

The Mortgage Originations segment originates, acquires and sells one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. The 

origination and acquisition of mortgage loans comprises the majority of the lending activity. Mortgage loans are originated 
through home loan centers, national call centers, the Internet and unaffiliated banks and mortgage banking and brokerage 

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

companies, where the net interest income and the gains from sales associated with these loans are recognized in the Mortgage 
Originations segment.

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage loans for others on a fee for service basis and 

may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest-bearing escrows. Revenue for those serviced and 
subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the status of the 
underlying loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment provides servicing of residential mortgages for our own LHFI portfolio in 
the Community Banking segment for which it earns revenue via an intersegment service fee allocation.

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, the impact of 

interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate 
nature. Treasury functions include administering the investment securities portfolios, balance sheet funding, and interest rate 
risk management. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets and 
liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage 
Servicing segments.

Revenues are comprised of net interest income (before the provision (benefit) for loan losses) and noninterest income. 

Noninterest expenses and provision (benefit) for income taxes, are fully allocated to each operating segment. Allocation 
methodologies may be subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system is revised and the business 
or product lines within the segments change.

117

 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present financial information by business segment for the periods indicated:

Summary of Operations

Net interest income
Net gain (loss) on loan sales
Representation and warranty benefit
Other noninterest income

Total net interest income and noninterest income

Benefit (provision) for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense

Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Intersegment revenue

Average balances

Loans held-for-sale
Loans with government guarantees
Loans held-for-investment
Total assets
Deposits

Summary of Operations

Net interest income
Net gain (loss) on loan sales
Representation and warranty benefit
Other noninterest income

Total net interest income and noninterest income

Benefit (provision) for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense

Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Intersegment revenue

Average balances

Loans held-for-sale
Loans with government guarantees
Loans held-for-investment
Total assets
Deposits

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Community
Banking

Mortgage
Originations

Mortgage
Servicing

Other

Total

(Dollars in millions)

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

$

$

238
(10)
—
33
261
(4)
(9)
(188)
(197)
60
21
39
$
(6) $

129
278
13
79
499
(4)
(8)
(318)
(326)
169
59
110
4

$

16
—
6,460
6,544
7,454

4,130
290
7
5,414
—

$

22
—
—
55
77
—
(4)
(96)
(100)
(23)
(8)
(15) $
$
19

$

1
—
—
22
23
2
(19)
(1)
(20)
5
76
(71) $
(17) $

390
268
13
189
860
(6)
(40)
(603)
(643)
211
148
63
—

— $
—
—
36
1,453

— $
—
29
3,852
—

4,146
290
6,496
15,846
8,907

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Community
Banking

Mortgage
Originations

Mortgage
Servicing

Other

Total

(Dollars in millions)

$

206
6
—
28
240
10
(7)
(173)
(180)
70
24
46
$
(3) $

$

90
310
19
24
443
(2)
(5)
(253)
(258)
183
64
119

$
(1) $

$

25
—
—
56
81
—
(4)
(97)
(101)
(20)
(7)
(13) $
$
23

$

2
—
—
44
46
—
(16)
(5)
(21)
25
6
19
$
(19) $

323
316
19
152
810
8
(32)
(528)
(560)
258
87
171
—

$

66
—
5,807
5,906
7,151

$

3,068
435
6
4,435
—

— $
—
—
28
1,611

— $
—
—
3,538
—

3,134
435
5,813
13,907
8,762

$

$
$

$

118

 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Summary of Operations

Net interest income
Net gain (loss) on loan sales
Representation and warranty benefit
Other noninterest income

Total net interest income and noninterest income

Benefit for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense

Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Intersegment revenue

Average balances

Loans held-for-sale
Loans with government guarantees
Loans held-for-investment
Total assets
Deposits

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Community
Banking

Mortgage
Originations

Mortgage
Servicing

Other

Total

(Dollars in millions)

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

$

$

171
(15)
—
25
181
19
(6)
(154)
(160)
40
14
$
26
(15) $

80
303
19
74
476
—
(3)
(244)
(247)
229
80
149
7

$

40
—
4,986
4,972
6,674

2,148
633
4
3,553
—

$

5
—
—
60
65
—
(3)
(105)
(108)
(43)
(15)
(28) $
$
20

$

31
—
—
4
35
—
(12)
(9)
(21)
14
3
$
11
(12) $

287
288
19
163
757
19
(24)
(512)
(536)
240
82
158
—

— $
—
—
52
1,203

— $
—
86
3,379
—

2,188
633
5,076
11,956
7,877

119

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 24 — Holding Company Only Financial Statements

The following are the unconsolidated financial statements for the Holding Company on a stand-alone basis. These 
condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. 
The Holding Company's principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company. Federal laws 
and regulations limit the amount of dividends or other capital distributions the Bank may pay the Holding Company.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Unconsolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in millions) 

December 31,

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment in subsidiaries (1)
Other assets
Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities

Long term debt
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ Equity

Common stock
Additional paid in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

$

$

$

196
1,676
44
1,916

494
23
517

1
1,512
(17)
(97)
1,399
1,916

$

$

$

$

(1) 

Includes unconsolidated trusts of $7 million for December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Unconsolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in millions) 

Expenses
Interest
General and administrative

Total

Loss before undistributed income of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

Income before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income

Other comprehensive income (1)

Comprehensive income

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

25
9
34
(34)
110
76
13
63
(9)
54

$

$

16
9
25
(25)
188
163
(8)
171
(9)
162

$

$

(1)  See Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for other comprehensive income (loss) detail.

70
1,728
57
1,855

493
26
519

1
1,503
(7)
(161)
1,336
1,855

7
13
20
(20)
172
152
(6)
158
(6)
152

120

 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Condensed Unconsolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in millions) 

Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

$

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in millions)
171
$

$

63

Equity in (income) loss of subsidiaries
Stock-based compensation
Change in other assets
Provision for deferred tax benefit
Change in other liabilities
Change in fair value and other non-cash changes

Net cash used in operating activities

Investing Activities

Net change in investment in subsidiaries

Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities

Financing Activities

Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures
Redemption of preferred stock
Dividends paid on preferred stock

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

47
5
18
—
(2)
(5)
126

—
—

—
—
—
—
126
70
196

$

12
10
(8)
—
(22)
(4)
159

—
—

245
(267)
(104)
(126)
33
37
70

$

$

158

(172)
3
(6)
1
9
—
(7)

(2)
(2)

—
—
—
—
(9)
46
37

121

 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 25 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table represents summarized data for each of the quarters in 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Interest income

Interest expense

Net interest income

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

Net gain on loan sales

Loan fees and charges

Deposit fees and charges

Loan administration income

Net return (loss) on the mortgage servicing rights

Representation and warranty benefit

Other noninterest income

Noninterest expense

Income before income tax

Provision for income taxes

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Basic income (loss) per share

Diluted income (loss) per share

Interest income

Interest expense

Net interest income

(Benefit) provision for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

Net gain on loan sales

Loan fees and charges

Loan administration income

Net (loss) on the mortgage servicing rights

Representation and warranty benefit

Other noninterest income

Noninterest expense

Income before income tax

Provision for income taxes

Net income from continuing operations

Basic income per share

Diluted income per share

2017

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

$

110

$

129

$

140

$

27

83

3

80

48

15

4

5

14

4

10

140

40

13

27

0.47

0.46

$

$

$

32

97

(1)

98

66

20

5

6

6

3

10

154

60

19

41

0.72

0.71

$

$

$

2016

37

103

2

101

75

23

5

5

6

4

12

171

60

20

40

0.71

0.70

$

$

$

148

41

107

2

105

79

24

4

5

(4)

2

14

178

51

96

(45)

(0.79)
(0.79)  

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

$

106

$

111

99

22

77

(3)

80

90

19

4

(4)

4

15

139

69

22

47

0.67

0.66

$

$

$

26

80

7

73

94

22

4

(11)

6

41

142

87

30

57

0.98

0.96

$

$

$

24

87

1

86

57

20

4

(5)

7

15

142

42

14

28

0.50

0.49

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

101

$

22

79

(13)

92

75

15

6

(6)

2

13

137

60

21

39

0.56

0.54

$

$

$

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Interest income

Interest expense

Net interest income

(Benefit) for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

Net gain on loan sales

Loan fees and charges

Loan administration income

Net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights

Representation and warranty benefit

Other noninterest income

Noninterest expense

Income before income tax

Provision for income taxes

Net income from continuing operations

Basis income per share

Diluted income per share

2015

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

79

14

65

(4)

69

91

17

4

(2)

2

7

138

50

18

32

0.43

0.43

$

$

$

$

$

90

17

73

(13)

86

83

19

7

9

5

3

138

74

28

46

0.69

0.68

$

$

$

91

18

73

(1)

74

68

17

8

12

6

17

131

71

24

47

0.70

0.69

$

$

$

$

95

19

76

(1)

77

46

14

7

9

6

15

129

45

12

33

0.45

0.44

$

$

$

$

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

as amended (the Exchange Act), our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of our disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is 
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, we 
recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and implemented, can provide only reasonable 
assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and that our management’s duties require it to make its best judgment 
regarding the design of our disclosure controls and procedures.

Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the 
reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified in the Commission's rules and forms. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as 

defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)  Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 

dispositions of the assets of the Company;

(ii)  Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial 

statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

(iii) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition 

of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 

Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with existing policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.

With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an 

assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the 
framework and criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Based on this assessment, as of December 31, 2017 we assert that we maintained effective internal control over 

financial reporting.

The effectiveness of Management's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, has been audited 
by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included 
herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter 

ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over 
financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item 10 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to 

the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for our Audit 
Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating Corporate Governance Committee are available at www.flagstar.com 
or upon written request by stockholders to Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., Attn: James Ciroli, CFO, 5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, MI 
48098.

None of the information currently posted, or posted in the future, on our website is incorporated by reference into this 

Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference, provided that the Compensation Committee Report shall be deemed to 
be furnished and not filed.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to securities to be issued under our equity compensation 

plans as of December 31, 2017.

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders -
Restricted Stock Units (2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Total

Number of
Securities to Be
Issued Upon
Exercise

Weighted Average
Exercise Price (1)

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans

1,290,450

—

1,290,450

$

$

—

—

—

2,132,452

—

2,132,452

(1)  Weighted average exercise price is calculated including RSUs, which for this purpose are treated as having an exercise price of zero. 
(2)  For further information regarding the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan") and 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2016 Plan"), see Note 18 - 

Stock-Based Compensation.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

(a)(1) and (2) — Financial Statements and Schedules

The information required by these sections of Item 15 are set forth in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

under Item 8. of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(3) — Exhibits 

The following documents are filed as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report: 

Exhibit No.
3.1*

Description
Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 
3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q, for the period ended June 30, 2017, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

3.2*

4.1*

4.2*

4.3*

10.1*+

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7

10.8*

10.9*

Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the period ended September 30, 2016, and incorporated herein by 
reference).
Indenture, dated July 11, 2016, between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. as Issuers and Wilmington Trust, National 
Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, including the form of 6.125% senior secured note due 2021 
(previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 11, 2016, and 
incorporated herein by reference).
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2016, among Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., J.P.Morgan 
Securities LLC and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as representatives of the initial purchasers (previously 
filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 11, 2016, and incorporated 
herein by reference).
Form of 6.125% Global Note due 2021 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form S-4, dated October 7, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Investment Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2008, between the Company and MP Thrift Investments 
L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Closing Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, between the Company and MP Thrift Investments L.P. 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Warrant to purchase up to 645,137.9 shares of the Company’s common stock. (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2009, between the Company and MP Thrift Investments L.P. 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Second Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Company and MP Thrift 
Investments L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Capital Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, by and between the Company, Flagstar 
Statutory Trust XI, a Delaware statutory trust and MP Thrift Investments L.P.

Supervisory Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2010, by and between the Company and the Federal Reserve 
(as successor to the OTS) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Stipulation and Order of Settlement and Dismissal, dated February 24, 2012, by and among the Company, the 
Bank and the United States of America (previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.10*+

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., Flagstar Bank, 
FSB and Alessandro P. DiNello (previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to the Company's Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

126

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.
10.11*+

10.12*+

10.13*+

10.14*+

10.15*+

10.16*+

10.17*+

11

12
21

23
31.1
31.2

32.1
32.2

101

Description
Amendment to Employment Agreement effective October 22, 2015, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., 
Flagstar Bank, FSB and Alessandro DiNello (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., Flagstar Bank, 
FSB and Lee M. Smith (previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the period ended June 30, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 2, 2015, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., 
Flagstar Bank, FSB and Lee M. Smith (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective October 22, 2015, by and between Flagstar 
Bancorp, Inc., Flagstar Bank, FSB and Lee M. Smith (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein 
by reference).
Form of Senior Executive Officer Award Agreement under Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock Award and 
Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 10-Q, dated as of 
August 7, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock 
Award and Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

Statement regarding computation of per share earnings incorporated by reference to Note 17 of the Notes to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, herein.

Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.
List of Subsidiaries of the Company.

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP.
Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

Financial statements from Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31,
2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated
Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*

+

Incorporated herein by reference

Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. will furnish to any stockholder a copy of any of the exhibits listed above upon written request and upon 
payment of a specified reasonable fee, which fee shall be equal to the Company’s reasonable expenses in furnishing the exhibit 
to the stockholder. Requests for exhibits and information regarding the applicable fee should be directed to "David Urban, 
Director of Investor Relations" at the address of the principal executive offices set forth on the cover of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K.

(b) — Exhibits. See Item 15.(a)(3) above.

(c) — Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15.(a)(2) above.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 12, 2018. 

SIGNATURES

FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.

By:

/s/    James K. Ciroli
James K. Ciroli
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

128

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 12, 2018.

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

SIGNATURE

TITLE

/S/    ALESSANDRO DINELLO

 Alessandro DiNello

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer)

/S/    JAMES K. CIROLI   

    James K. Ciroli

/S/   BRYAN L. MARX 

    Bryan L. Marx

/S/    JOHN D. LEWIS  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting
Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

     John D. Lewis

   Chairman

/S/    DAVID J. MATLIN 

       David J. Matlin

   Director

/S/    PETER SCHOELS

Peter Schoels

   Director

/S/    DAVID L. TREADWELL  

David L. Treadwell

   Director

/S/    JAY J. HANSEN 

Jay J. Hansen

   Director

/S/    JAMES A. OVENDEN  

James A. Ovenden

   Director

/S/    BRUCE E. NYBERG

Bruce E. Nyberg

   Director

/S/    JENNIFER WHIP   

Jennifer Whip

Director

129

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT INDEX 

The following documents are filed as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report: 

Exhibit No.
3.1*

Description
Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 
3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q, for the period ended June 30, 2017, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

3.2*

4.1*

4.2*

4.3*

10.1*+

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7

10.8*

10.9*

10.10*+

10.11*+

10.12*+

10.13*+

10.14*+

Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the period ended September 30, 2016, and incorporated herein by 
reference).
Indenture, dated July 11, 2016, between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. as Issuers and Wilmington Trust, National 
Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, including the form of 6.125% senior secured note due 2021 
(previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 11, 2016, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2016, among Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., J.P.
Morgan Securities LLC and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as representatives of the initial
purchasers (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 11, 
2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 6.125% Global Note due 2021 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form S-4, dated October 7, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Investment Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2008, between the Company and MP Thrift Investments 
L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Closing Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, between the Company and MP Thrift Investments L.P. 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Warrant to purchase up to 645,137.9 shares of the Company’s common stock. (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2009, between the Company and MP Thrift Investments L.P. 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
Second Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Company and MP Thrift 
Investments L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Capital Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, by and between the Company, Flagstar 
Statutory Trust XI, a Delaware statutory trust and MP Thrift Investments L.P.

Supervisory Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2010, by and between the Company and the Federal Reserve 
(as successor to the OTS) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Stipulation and Order of Settlement and Dismissal, dated February 24, 2012, by and among the Company, the 
Bank and the United States of America (previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., Flagstar Bank, 
FSB and Alessandro P. DiNello (previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to the Company's Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment to Employment Agreement effective October 22, 2015, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., 
Flagstar Bank, FSB and Alessandro DiNello (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., Flagstar Bank, 
FSB and Lee M. Smith (previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the period ended June 30, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 2, 2015, by and between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., 
Flagstar Bank, FSB and Lee M. Smith (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective October 22, 2015, by and between Flagstar 
Bancorp, Inc., Flagstar Bank, FSB and Lee M. Smith (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

130

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.
10.15*+

10.16*+

10.17*+

11

12
21

23

31.1
31.2
32.1

32.2
101

Description

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein 
by reference).
Form of Senior Executive Officer Award Agreement under Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock Award and 
Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 10-Q, dated as of 
August 7, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock 
Award and Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the period ended September 30, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

Statement regarding computation of per share earnings incorporated by reference to Note 17 of the Notes to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, herein.

Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.

List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP.

Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
Financial statements from Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31,
2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated
Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*

+

Incorporated herein by reference

Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement

131

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

9681_Cover.indd   2

3/20/18   11:26 PM

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////Annual Report   Two Thousand Seventeen5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, MI 48098  (800) 945-7700 flagstar.com 9681_Cover.indd   13/20/18   11:26 PM